Home

WARNING CAUTION - Pajero 4WD Club of Victoria Public Forum

1. P AA0087665 AA0083449 Gl l NOTE ove box lamp Wrap a piece of cloth around the tip of the screwdriver in E01006100056 Have the glove box lamp bulb replaced at an authorized MIT reler 1G meate seralcommy tae lend andthe body SUBISHI MOTORS dealer W 4 8 57 L MZ 5 4 a BK0111000EN book 58 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHROHFR3 257 Maintenance 2 Turn the bulb socket B anticlockwise to remove it 3 Remove the bulb by pulling out B y AA0087678 AA0087681 4 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse 8 8 58 LP o BK0111000EN book 1 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 Specifications Wehicleslabelin vere a eee EE 9 2 WV chiclesdimcnsiOns aware E re ea eae 9 6 Wehicleipertonmance meee eee ee 9 7 Nehiclosmasssspeereere rea te atta re eat 9 8 Engine speciticatlonsmer rs e easter ese 9 9 Transmission and transfer specifications 9 10 Electricalisystemmper e a a renee re 9 11 iyresrandawhice Seeaseee E eee 9 12 themspecitications meee eee 9 13 Retillicapaciticssae aera re eee ar eee 9 14 o o P d gt BK0111000EN book 2 Y 2009478H268H Specifications KEA FAR SIRF S 23 Vehicle labeling E01100102684 Vehicle Identification number VIN The vehicle identification number is stamped as shown in the illustration rN N
2. 4 IZ BK0111000EN book 41 Y 20094F8H26H8H KA F53 24 e Seat and seat belts Infants and small children E00406600465 A REARWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT For infants small enough for infants seats use a Standards must NOT be used in the front passenger seat as it Association of Australia approved baby restraint For small places an infant too close to the passenger airbag children whose height when seated allows the shoulder belt to The force of an inflating airbag could kill or cause lie in contact with the face or the throat a child seat should be serious injuries to the child A rearward facing child used restraint must only be used in the rear seat A WARNING The child restraint system should be appropriate for 2 your child s weight and height and properly fit the vehicle THE CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM MUST BE INSTALLED IN THE REAR SEAT When installing a child restraint system refer to the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the restraint system Failure to do so can result in severe or fatal injury to your child After installation push and pull the child restraint system back and forth and side to side to see that it is positively secured If the child restraint system is not installed securely it may cause injury to the child or other occupants in the case of accident or sudden stops When not in use keep your child or infant seat secured with the seat belt or remove it f
3. t SA Zi Is MZ 4 a BK0111000EN book 36 Y 20094F8H260H KEH FHRSHFR3 257 For pleasant driving Folder selection order MP3 file playback order Example To select a desired folder MP3 CDs only You can select your desired folder by pressing the FOLDER 1 Root folder root directory buttons 3 or 4 TEXT PAGE AA0080842 Folder up Press the FOLDER button 4 until the desired folder number Tree 1 Tree 2 Tree 3 Tree 4 appears on thedisplay AA3002638 Folder down Press the FOLDER button 3 until the desired folder number Folder selection gt appears on the display In the order G gt File selection In the order J 5 36 Y P d gt BK0111000EN book 37 Y 20094 8H 26H To select a desired track You can select your desired track by using the TRACK button 7 Track up Press the gt gt side of the TRACK button 7 repeatedly until the desired track number appears on the display KERA F53 2 57 Track down Press the 144 side of the TRACK button 7 repeatedly until the desired track number appears on the display NOTE Pressing the 144 side of the TRACK button 7 once dur ing the song will cause the CD player to restart playback from the beginning of the song o For pleasant driving To repeat a track Press the RPT button 10 briefly while the track is playing
4. 3 68 Horm s Witchery eer crest eye renee ere 3 69 o o a BKO111000EN book 2 Y 20094F8H 26H KEHA F532 Instruments and controls Instruments E 00500100805 Type A AA1006746 1 Tachometer 2 Speedometer 3 Fuel gauge 4 Odometer Tripmeter 5 Tripmeter reset button Daytime dipper button 6 Water temperature gauge LP o MP sna A 2 cis BKO111000EN book 3 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 Instruments and controls Speedometer Tachometer E00500200822 E00500300748 The speedometer indicates the vehicle s speed in kilometers The tachometer indicates the engine speed r min The per hour km h tachometer can help you obtain more economical driving and also warns you of excessive engine speeds AA0085557 AA0093383 A CAUTION When driving watch the tachometer to make sure that the engine speed indication does not rise into the red zone excessive engine rpm K2 Zils BKO111000EN book 4 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F532 Instruments and controls Odometer Tripmeter E00500601083 When the ignition switch is in the ON position odometer and tripmeter indications are given Type 1 Type 2 AA0087160 A Odometer B Tripmeter C Reset button Odometer The odometer indicates the total distance the vehicle has trav elled Tripmeter The tripmeter ind
5. AG0001322 NOTE When you release the COAST SET switch the vehicle speed will be set 4 61 4 KA o ps Zs BKOI11000EN book 62 Y 2009478 H26H0 KEH F53 257 Starting and driving j To increase the set speed Accelerator pedal i E00609400310 While driving at the set speed use the accelerator pedal to There are 2 ways to increase the set speed reach your desired speed and then press the COAST SET ACC RES switch switch B and release the switch momentarily to set a new Press and hold the ACC RES switch C while driving at the 4 sired cruising speed set speed and your speed will then gradually increase When you reach your desired speed release the switch Your new cruising speed is now set AG0001351 AG0001348 To increase your speed in small amounts press the ACC RES switch for less than about second and release it Each time you press the ACC RES switch your vehicle will go about 1 6 km h faster 4 62 4 iY Zs BKOI11000EN book 63 Y 2009478 H26H0H KEH PRS IES 257 Starting and driving To decrease the set speed Brake pedal 00609500021 While driving at the set speed use the brake pedal which dis There are 2 ways to decrease the set speed engages the cruise control then press the COAST SET COAST SET switch switch B and release the switch momentarily to set a new Press and ho
6. 10CR45 MMAL _Cover2 fm 1 Y 2009 4A27H AMA R42 247 Foreword E09200102740 Thank you for selecting a MITSUBISHI MOTORS product as your new vehicle This owner s manual will add to your understanding and full enjoyment of the many fine features of this vehicle It contains information prepared to acquaint you with the proper way to operate and maintain your vehicle for the utmost in driving pleasure MITSUBISHI MOTORS AUSTRALIA LTD reserves the right to make changes in design and specifications and or to make additions to or improvements in this product without obligation to install them on products previously manufac tured It is an absolute requirement for the driver to strictly observe all laws and regulations concerning vehicles This owner s manual has been written in compliance with such laws and regulations but some of the contents may become contradictory with later amendment of the laws and regula tions Please leave this owner s manual in this vehicle at time of resale The next owner will appreciate having access to the information contained in this owner s manual MITSUBISHI MOTORS Throughout this owner s manual the words WARNING and CAUTION appear These serve as reminders to be especially careful Failure to fol low instructions could result in personal injury or damage to your vehicle A WARNING indicates a strong possibility of severe personal injury or death if instructions are
7. AS AA0001425 1 Normal 2 Anti glare e ia AVY 4 BK0111000EN book 11 X 20094F8H260H KEH F53 257 Starting and driving Outside rear view mirrors Push the switch A on the same side as the mirror whose siio adjustment is desired To adjust the mirror position E00601000600 The outside rear view mirrors can be operated when the igni tion switch is in the ON or ACC position Vy Vy Do not attempt to adjust the rear view mirrors while driving This can be dangerous Always adjust the mirrors before driving Your vehicle is equipped with convex type mirrors This gives a wider field of view but objects you see SS in the mirror will look smaller and farther away compared to a flat mirror Do not use this mirror to estimate distance of follow ing vehicles when changing lanes AA0086828 4 L Left outside mirror adjustment R Right outside mirror adjustment NOTE After adjustment lightly push the switch A on the oppo site side to return it to the neutral position Press the switch B to the left right up or down to adjust the mirror position 1 Up 2 Down 3 Right 4 Left 4 11 aa ibaa AW E BK0111000EN book 12 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 Starting and driving Retracting and extending the outside mirrors rs L CAUTION The outside mirrors can be folded in towards the side window I
8. The driving range is shown based on the accumulated fuel consumption data however may be changed depending on the driving condition road condition driving behavior etc If the battery terminals are disconnected the accu mulated fuel consumption data will be erased It is recom mended to use the indication as reference When the vehicle is fueled the driving range will be updated However if the amount of fueling is small the indication may not be correct Therefore fill up the tank as much as possible in case of fueling When the vehicle is stopped on a steep slope the value of the driving range may increase This is caused by the fuel movement inside the tank on the slope and is not deemed as a failure 3 22 Resetting the driving range Press the RESET function button to reset the driving range plotted in graph AA0095518 NOTE Pressing the RESET function button will not reset the indication C It is possible to set the display unit to km or miles Refer to User customization on page 3 45 o Zi t SA is a a eo BK0111000EN book 23 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Average speed E00518400126 The average speed during the period since the last reset is shown in A and the momentary speed in C The average value of the vehicle speed is graphed every 5 minutes and the data for up to 4 hours are shown in B When you press the
9. Front centre ventilators S Open Adjust the direction of the air flow by moving the knob A XX Close Adjust the direction of the air flow by moving the knob C AA0094234 4 5 3 L Y p 4 a BKO111000EN book 4 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 For pleasant driving Rear ventilators Mode selection dial Adjust the direction of the air flow by moving the dial A _ BO0726500229 To change the position and amount of air flowing from the ven tilators turn the mode selection dial Refer to Changing the mode selection on page 5 5 Front manual air conditioning AA0081298 NOTE 5 The cool air from the ventilators may appear as a mist This is due to moist air being suddenly cooled by the air conditioning This will clear after a few moments AA3005756 Y a BKO111000EN book 5 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 For pleasant driving A CAUTION Changing the mode selection a When using the mode selection dial between the To change the position and amount of air flowing from the ven and Gy positions prevent fogging by press tilators turn the mode selection dial Refer to Mode selection ing the air selection switch to select outside air dial on page 5 4 Refer to Air selection lever on page 5 9 Air These symbols are used in the next several ill
10. Jie A CAUTION E00617100055 When amp indicator lamp blinks active stability con The active stability control function and active traction control trol function or active traction control function is function share the same indicator lamp operating which means that the road is slippery or The indicator lamps should illuminate when the ignition switch that your vehicle s wheels are slipping excessively If is turned to the ON position and should go off after a few this happens drive slower with less accelerator seconds input If the indicator lamps stay on or do not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position please contact your nearest authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer for inspection indicator lamp blinks when the active stability control func tion or active traction control function is operating amp indicator lamp is illuminated when the active stability con trol function is OFF 4 AA0094292 4 57 NY o AW E BK0111000EN book 58 Y 2009 8H26 KEH F53 247 Starting and driving A CAUTION If an abnormal condition occurs in the system while 4 58 e driving the amp indicator lamp will illuminate In these cases follow these procedures e If the temperature in the braking system continues to increase due to continuous brake control on a slippery road surface the amp indicator lamp will illuminate and
11. RPT will appear on the display To exit the repeat mode press the RPT button Repeat mode MP3 AA0096140 NOTE The repeat mode will be cancelled by pressing the track button 7 the SCAN button 12 or eject button 1 With a disc that contains both CD DA and MP3 files the repeat mode causes only files of the same format CD DA only or MP3 files only to be repeated 5 37 KA ps MP PE Hp cis BK0111000EN book 38 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 F E e For pleasant driving To change the order of tracks for playback Random playback for a disc music CDs only Press the RDM button 11 briefly RDM will appear on the display Tracks on the currently selected disc will be played in a random sequence To exit the random mode press the RDM button again Random playback for all folders on a disc MP3 CDs only Press the RDM button 11 briefly RDM will appear on the display Tracks from all the folders on the currently selected disc will be played in a random sequence To exit the random mode briefly press the RDM button again Random mode CD DA MP3 AA0096153 NOTE With a disc that contains both CD DA and MP3 files the random mode causes only files of the same format CD DA only or MP3 files only to be played in a random sequence 5 38 To find the start of each track on a disc for playback Press the SCAN
12. Before selecting a gear with the engine running and the vehicle stationary fully depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from creeping The vehicle will begin to move as soon as the gear is engaged especially when the engine speed is high at fast idle or with the air conditioning operating the brakes should only be released when you are ready to drive away Depress the brake pedal with the right foot at all times Using the left foot could cause driver movement delay in case of an emergency To prevent sudden acceleration never race the engine when shifting from the P PARK or N NEUTRAL position Operating the accelerator pedal while the other foot is resting on the brake pedal will affect braking effi ciency and may cause premature wear of brake pads Do not race the engine with brake pedal pressed when the vehicle is stationary This can damage the A T 4 25 MP 5 aes cis BK0111000EN book 26 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOHR3 257 4 e Starting and driving Passing acceleration E00604500244 To gain extra acceleration in D DRIVE position push the accelerator to the floor The A T will automatically downshift NOTE In sports mode downshifts do not take place when the accelerator is depressed all the way to the floor UphillV downhill driving E00610500089 DRIVING UPHILL The transmission may not upshift to a higher gear if the com pute
13. Driving on gravel or snow covered roads Driving with tyre chains installed Driving on uneven road surfaces Operation of ABS is not restricted situations where brakes are applied suddenly This system may also prevent the wheels from locking when you drive over manholes steel roadwork plates road markings or any uneven road sur face When the ABS is in use you may feel the brake pedal pul sation and the vibrations of the vehicle body and steering wheel It may also feel as if the pedal resists being pressed In this situation simply hold the brake pedal down firmly Do not pump the brake which will result in reduced braking performance p t AA d SP BKOI11000EN book 51 Y 20094 F8H260 KEH PR SES 257 Starting and driving An operation noise may be emitted from the engine com ABS warning lamp partment in the following situations The sound is associ 00607200864 ated with checking the operations of the anti lock braking The ABS warning lamp should illuminate when the ignition system switch is turned ON and should go off in a few seconds At this time you may feel a shock from the brake pedal if you depress it These do not indicate a malfunction e When the ignition switch is set to the ON position e When the vehicle is driven for a while after the engine is turned on The ABS can be used after the vehicle has reached a speed over approximately 10 km h
14. E00713101550 A WARNING Do not carry fuel filled containers or spray cans inside your vehicle Leaving fuel filled containers or spray cans in your vehicle could cause the contain ers to burst or an explosion of evaporated gas A CAUTION Never leave lighters cans of carbonated drink and spectacles in the cabin when parking the vehicle in hot sunshine The cabin will become extremely hot AA0099040 so lighters and other flammable items may catch fire 1 Glove box and unopened drink cans including beer cans may 2 Sunglasses holder rupture The heat may also deform or crack plastic 3 Luggage floor boxes 5 spectacle lenses and other spectacle parts that are 4 Floor console box made of plastic 5 Front console box Keep the lids of storage spaces closed while driving the vehicle A lid or the contents of a storage space could otherwise cause injuries NOTE Do not leave valuables in any storage space when leaving the vehicle s a p 4 SA PEE g a Zs BKOLLLOOOEN book 61 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For pleasant driving Glove box Front console box E00717601029 E00733400217 The glove box can be locked and unlocked using the key To open pull up the knob A e AA0093992 AA0098724 1 To lock 3 2 To unlock 3 To open pull the lever NOTE When the lamp switch is in the 3002 or 20 position the glove box lamp illuminates Re
15. Used engine oils safety instructions and dis posal information E00200600012 Prolonged and repeated contact may cause serious skin disorders including dermatitis and cancer Avoid contact with the skin as far as possible and wash thoroughly after any contact Keep out of reach of children Protect the environment It is illegal to pollute drains water courses and soil Use authorized waste collection facilities including civic amenity sites and garages providing facilities for disposal of used oil and used oil filters If in doubt contact your local authority for advice on disposal 7 t ZB o BK0111000EN book 8 Y 20094 8H26H KEH F53 247 7 General information Do not carry fuel filled containers or spray cans inside your vehicle E00201000013 A WARNING Leaving fuel filled containers or spray cans in your vehicle could cause the containers to burst or an explosion of evaporated gas Taking your vehicle overseas E00200800098 MITSUBISHI MOTORS from time to time receives enquiries regarding shipping of vehicles overseas The enquiries mainly fall into the following categories Private individuals wishing to take their locally purchased vehicle overseas Private individuals wishing to purchase an export specifi cation e g left hand drive vehicle here in Australia and take it overseas Commercial enquiries wishing to arrange the export of MITSUBISHI
16. Zs MZ 5 ag a BK0111000EN book 22 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHROKR3 257 YVA is cis BKOI11000EN book 1 X 200948H26H KEA PR SHS 247 4 Seat and seat belts SCALS ieee een ae a a e A he Ane Se eee 2 SEMI EMEMNTANAME b gooe beers T 2 Seatradjustinentieesaree ware reer ne stern eae 2 BTONUSCatSieeenrt a renee ee re eee eee S 2 Second Seats Eaa serra tr E sn area E 2 hirdiseats spersons meres aa eee eee ee 2 Eleadirestral nts een eer 2 Making alle gac calcd meee ee ee 2 Making a flat seat Except for vehicles equipped with the power type seat 2 Seat belt Sa Ea E sete eee wearer Daye tna areas ea 2 Pregnant women restraint 2 Seat belt pre tensioner system and force INTO WAUEIN coc oncescacucoecuovace 2 hildjrestraintsaeeeeryr ty es oe re eee 2 Seatabeligins pectioreemener swt ren warmer nares 2 Supplemental restraint system SRS airbag 2 ONN WN 12 13 16 26 30 38 38 40 50 AA d WZ aif cis BKO111000EN book 2 Y 20094F8H 26H KEHA F532 Seat and seat belts E 00400101641 AA1007293 1 Front seats 2 Second seats To adjust forward or backward gt P 2 6 To adjust forward or backward gt P 2 10 To recline the seatback P 2 7 To recline the seatback P 2 10 To adjust seat cushion height Driver s seat P 2 8 Armrest gt P 2 11 To get in a
17. supplement the driver and passenger seat belts in certain side impacts Seat belts should always be worn properly and the driver and passenger should sit well back and upright without leaning against the facing the passenger s side door since the side air bags and curtain airbags inflates with great force Otherwise the child may be killed or seriously injured window or door The side airbag and curtain airbag inflate with great force The driver and passenger should not put their 2 arms out the window and should not lean against the door in order to reduce risk of serious or possi ble fatal injury from the deploying side airbag and curtain airbag AA0035406 AA0008570 2 66 p BK0111000EN book 67 Y 2OO0948H26H AME FRO HP3 247 Seat and seat belts Do not allow any second seat occupant to hold onto Do not attach a microphone A or any other device the seatback of either front seat in order to reduce or object around the part where the curtain airbags risk of injury from a deploying side airbag Special B activate such as on the windscreen side door care should be taken with children glass front and rear pillars and roof side or assist Do not place any objects near or in front of the seat grips When the curtain airbags inflate the micro back of either front seat They could interfere with phone or other device or object will be hurled with proper side airbag i
18. AA0095967 AA0095970 3 50 NY 0 a BK0111000EN book 51 X 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls 2 Press the lt function button to select YES 4 Once more press the lt function button to select YES AA0095983 AA0096007 3 Press the SELECT function button AA0098838 3 51 KA a i a BKOLL1000EN book 52 Y 20094 Instruments and controls 428 H 268 5 Press the SET function button KRE A A F53 2 47 AA0096010 3 52 6 The display shown below will appear and the display items will return to their factory settings AA0096023 NOTE If the battery terminals are disconnected the settings for the date and time may be erased If this happens please set the date and time again o ad bs IZ i UY BK0111000EN book 53 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls Adjusting the barometer To adjust the barometer i re 700524400033 1 Press the ADJ button to select the barometer adjustment It is possible to adjust the barometer indication and return it to display the factory setting NOTE It is not necessary to adjust the barometer because it has been adjusted at the factory However if you wish
19. Demister position Air flows mainly to the windscreen and the door windows AA0099141 5 7 p t PR bs Zips BKO111000EN book 8 Y 20094F8H26H KEHA FRSHE3 247 For pleasant driving Front manual air conditioning E00700500263 The front air conditioning can only be used while the engine is running Control panel E00700600509 AA0092995 1 Mode selection dial 2 Rear window demister switch P 3 68 3 Blower speed selection dial 4 Air conditioning switch 5 Temperature control dial 6 Air selection lever Blower speed selection dial E00700700193 Select the blower speed by turning the blower speed selection dial clockwise or anticlockwise The blower speed will gradually increase as the dial is turned to the right AA0086929 ZB g is Zi Zils BKO111000EN book 9 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 For pleasant driving Temperature control dial Air selection lever E00700900326 E00701300675 Turn the temperature control dial clockwise to make the air warmer Turn it anticlockwise to make the air cooler To change the air selection use the air selection lever lt gt Outside air Outside air is introduced into the passenger compartment lt gt Recirculated air Air is recirculated inside the passenger compartment AA0054522 NOTE While the engine coolant tem
20. Demisting of the windscreen and door windows E00704300722 A CAUTION For safety make sure you have a clear view through all the windows To remove frost or mist from the windscreen and door win dows use the mode selection dial or 9 AA0058113 5 1 Set the air selection switch A to the outside position 2 Set the mode selection dial to the 4 position 3 Select your desired blower speed by turning the blower speed selection dial 4 Select your desired temperature by turning the tempera ture control dial 5 Push the air conditioning switch B 5 20 Y e d MP i E BK0111000EN book 21 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 For pleasant driving For quick demisting Driving in dusty conditions E00704400042 When driving on a dirt road adjust the ventilation controls as follows 1 Set the air selection switch to the outside position 2 Select the mode selection dial to the desired position 3 Select the temperature control dial to the desired position 4 Select the desired blower speed the higher the better 5 Ensure all windows are closed to pressurise the cabin WIM Ao A OFF PUSH AUTO xr Qo If you are driving behind another vehicle on a dirt road and or the outside air is dusty or contaminated set the air selection switch to the recirculation position During periods of extended driving ventilate the vehicle s inte
21. NEUTRAL At this position the transmission is disengaged It is the same as the neutral position on a M T and should only be used when the vehicle is stationary for an extended length of time during driving such as in a traffic jam A WARNING Never move the selector lever to the N NEU TRAL position while driving A serious accident could occur since you could accidentally move the lever into the P PARK or R REVERSE posi tion or you will lose engine braking On a gradient the engine should be started in the P PARK position not in the N NEUTRAL position 4 Always keep your right foot on the brake pedal when shifting into or out of N NEUTRAL to minimize the risk of loss of control D DRIVE This position is for normal driving The transmission automati cally selects a suitable gear ratio for your speed and accelera tion Engine braking is automatically applied when necessary depending on road conditions A CAUTION Never shift into the D DRIVE position from the R REVERSE position while the vehicle is in motion to avoid a transmission damage 4 22 e Sports mode E 00603901118 Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion sports mode is selected by gently pushing the selector lever from the D DRIVE position into the manual gate A To return to D range operation gently push the selector lever back into the
22. Zils BK0111000EN book 57 X 20094F8H26H KEH FRSKFR3 257 F Deployment of front airbags The front airbags ARE DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when o Seat and seat belts E00407501468 Head on collision with a solid wall at speed of approximately 25 km h or higher Moderate to severe frontal impact within the shaded area between the arrows r AA1000050 The front airbags are designed to deploy when the vehicle suf fers a moderate to severe frontal impact A typical condition is shown in the illustration The front airbags will deploy if the severity of impact is above the designed threshold level comparable to an approximately 25 km h collision when impacting straight into a solid wall that does not move or deform If the severity of the impact is below the above threshold level the front airbags may not deploy However this threshold speed will be considerably higher if the vehicle strikes an object that absorbs the impact by either deforming or moving for example another stationary vehicle pole or a guard rail e Because frontal collisions can easily move you out of position it is important to always properly wear your seat belts Your seat belts will help keep you a safe distance from the steering wheel and instrument panel during the initial stages of airbag deployment The initial stage of airbag inflation is the most forceful and can possibly cause serious or fatal injuries More over
23. Zils BK0111000EN book 63 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 F Curtain airbag system 00409100458 The curtain airbags are contained in the front pillars and roof side rail The curtain airbag is designed to inflate only on the side of the vehicle that is impacted even with no passenger in the front seat or second seat AA0093569 e o Seat and seat belts Deployment of side airbags and curtain airbags E00407701141 The side airbags and curtain airbags ARE DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when The side airbags and curtain airbags are designed to deploy when the vehicle suffers a moderate to severe side impact to the middle of the passenger compartment The typical condition is shown in the illustration AA0042831 The seat belts in your vehicle are your primary means of pro tection in a collision The SRS side airbags and curtain airbags are designed to provide additional protection Therefore for your safety and the safety of all occupants be sure to always properly wear your seat belts 2 63 AVA Gs MZ 3 4 BK0111000EN book 64 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Seat and seat belts The side airbags and curtain airbags MAY NOT JAR 7 DEPLOY when Side impacts in an area away from the passenger compart ment With certain types of side collisions the vehicle s body struc ture is designed to absorb the shock to help protect the occu pa
24. o Zips BKO111000EN book 8 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 Seat and seat belts To adjust seat cushion height Driver s seat E00400700927 Power Type To adjust the seat cushion height operate the switch as indi Manual type cated by arrows Adjust the seat height by repeatedly operating the lever NOTE To prevent the battery from running down operate the power type seat with the engine running AA0093497 2 Lower AA0087854 1 To move the front of the seat cushion up and down NY o BKO111000EN book 9 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 o Seat and seat belts Second seats E00402000360 When a person sits in the second seats pull up the head restraint to a height at which it locks in posi tion Be sure to make this adjustment before starting to drive Serious injuries could otherwise be suffered in the result of an impact Refer to Head restraints on page 2 13 AA0087867 2 To move the rear of the seat cushion up and down O O AA0081386 AA0087870 3 To move the whole seat cushion up and down e 2 9 ZIN AW E BK0111000EN book 10 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 F Seat and seat belts To adjust forward or backward E00402100198 Pull the seat adjusting lever adjust the seat forward or back ward to the desired position and release the adjus
25. 1 Press the function button for SELECT ble no compass indications are given Manually set the compass using the following procedure semen gara ay AA0095752 AA0095749 NOTE If your vehicle has a sunroof keep the sunroof closed when calibrating the compass Having the sunroof open when calibrating the compass could render the compass unable to correctly show directions 3 38 ad o o bs P d gt BK0111000EN book 39 Y 20094 8H26H ANEA 2 Press the function button for SELECT A F53 2 47 AA0095765 Instruments and controls o 3 Turn the vehicle slowly through 360 degrees in a safe open area with no buildings and other vehicles AA0095778 3 39 4 KA ps IZ a a BKO111000EN book 40 X 20094F8H26H8H KERA FF5324 Instruments and controls NOTE 4 The compass setting will finish automatically and the If you wish to stop calibrating the compass part way words COMPASS CALIBRATION COMPLETE will through the procedure press the INFO button or ADJ appear on the screen button AM 54 0707 AA0095794 AA0095781 NOTE The Completed the calibration message may be dis played even if you terminate the turn before it is complete and return to the vehicle s ori
26. B from the back sensors and 60 cm C or less from the ground surface excluding the area A CAUTION approximately 10 cm D from the ground surface The non The reversing sensor system may not operate prop erly under the following conditions e The sensors or surroundings are covered with ice snow or mud e The sensors are frozen e The system receives ultrasonic noise from other sources the horns of other vehicles motorcycle engines brakes radios pouring rain splashing water tyre chains etc e The sensors are extremely hot or cold while the vehicle is parked for a long period of time under a 4 blazing sun or in cold weather detection areas E are within approximately 20 cm F from the bumper e The vehicle tilts significantly e The vehicle is driven on a rough road with a O O Tp c bumpy gravel hilly or grassy surface e The vehicle is too close to an obstacle B o Q AA0087724 The sensors or surroundings have been wiped by hand or stickers or accessories have been attached The reversing sensor system may not properly detect the following Objects that are thin such as wire nets or ropes e Objects that absorb sound waves such as snow e Objects that are shaped with a sharp angle e Objects with a smooth surface such as glass e Objects that are low such as kerbstones NOTE If the rear bumper has been exposed to an impact the cor ner or
27. E00502300090 This indicator lamp illuminates when the igni tion switch is placed in the ON position As the glow plug becomes hot the lamp goes out and the engine can be started NOTE If the engine is cold the diesel preheat indi cator lamp is on for a longer time When the engine has not been started within about 5 seconds after the diesel preheat indicator lamp went out return the ignition switch to the LOCK position Then turn the switch to the ON position to preheat the engine again When the engine is warm the diesel preheat indicator lamp does not come on even if the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi tion o t ANZ is hs BK0111000EN book 11 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHROHR3 257 4 Fuel filter indicator lamp E00509900196 This indicator lamp illuminates when the igni tion switch is turned to the ON position and goes off after the engine has started If it lights up while the engine is running it indicates that water has accumulated inside the fuel filter if this happens remove the water from the fuel fil ter Refer to Removal of water from the fuel filter on page 6 8 When the lamp goes out you can resume driv ing If it either does not go out or comes on from time to time have the vehicle inspected at an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer o Instruments and controls Warning lamps E00502400020
28. Fuel contains toxic substances Keep the doors and windows closed while refueling the vehicle If they were open fuel vapor could get into the cabin If the tank cap must be replaced use only a MIT SUBISHI MOTORS original part oe p 4 Zils BKO111000EN book 4 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 General information j 3 Open the fuel tank filler tube by slowly turning the cap NOTE anticlockwise While filling with fuel store the cap in the cap holder located on the inside of the fuel tank filler door J AA0081979 AA0081982 A Remove B Close 4 Insert the gun in the tank port as far as it goes A CAUTION A CAUTION Since the fuel system may be under pressure Do not tilt the gun remove the fuel tank filler tube cap slowly This relieves any pressure or vacuum that might have built up in the fuel tank If you hear a hissing sound wait until it stops before removing the cap Other wise fuel may spray out injuring you or others 5 When the gun stops automatically do not fill with fuel any more 6 To close turn the fuel tank filler tube cap slowly clock wise until you hear clicking sounds then gently push the fuel tank filler door closed ANZ lt BK0111000EN book 5 Y 20094 8H26H KEH F53 247 7 Installation of accessories E00200300817 Before fitting any accessories please consult your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS deale
29. MY Q sy 2 iA 4 i BKO111000EN book 36 Y 20094F8H26A KEA F 5324 i For emergencies On a snow covered or frozen road On a bumpy or rutted road When driving on a snow covered or frozen road it is rec Drive as slow as possible when driving on bumpy or rutted ommended that you use snow tyres or tyre chains roads Refer to the Snow tyres and Tyre chains sections Avoid high speed operation sudden acceleration abrupt A CAUTION brake application and sharp cornering The impact on tyres and or wheels when driving on Depressing the brake pedal during travel on snowy or icy roads may cause tyre slippage and skidding When trac tion between the tyres and the road is reduced the wheels may skid and the vehicle cannot readily be brought to a stop by conventional braking techniques Braking will dif fer depending upon whether you have anti lock brake system ABS As your vehicle is equipped with ABS brake by pressing the brake pedal hard and keeping it pressed Allow extra distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you and avoid sudden braking Accumulation of ice on the braking system can cause the wheels to lock Pull away from a standstill slowly after confirming safety around the vehicle a bumpy or rutted road can damage the tyre and or wheel 6 A CAUTION Do not press the accelerator pedal rapidly If the wheels break free of the ice the vehicle could sud denly start mov
30. On vehicles with M T turn the ignition key to the D LOCK position move the gearshift lever to the R Reverse position On vehicles with A T move the selector lever to the P PARK position turn the ignition key to the LOCK position Turn on the hazard flashers and set up a warning triangle flashing signal lamp etc at an adequate distance from the vehicle and have all your passengers leave the vehicle NOTE The warning triangle and flashing signal lamp do not come with your vehicle It is recommended that you keep one in the vehicle for use if needed amp AA0054056 IZ A Gis SY 5 4 cis BK0111000EN book 14 X 20094F8H26H AEA F53 257 For emergencies 5 To prevent the vehicle from rolling when it is raised on the 6 Get the spare wheel jack and jack handle ready jack place chocks or blocks A at the tyre that is diago Refer to Tools jack and jack handle on page 6 10 and nally opposite from the tyre B you are changing Spare wheel To remove on page 6 19 7 Place the jack under one of the jacking points shown in the illustration Use the jacking point closest to the tyre you wish to change AA0082426 A WARNING Be sure to apply chocks or blocks to the correct tyre 6 when jacking up the vehicle If the vehicle moves while jacked up the jack could slip out of position AA0094074 C Front jacking point
31. PROFS 2 57 Seat and seat belts When the airbag control unit detects an impact of sufficient frontal or side force it sends an ignition signal to the airbag modules to ignite materials in the inflator and generate gas and inflate the airbags The airbags deployment produces a sudden loud noise and releases some smoke and powder but these conditions are not injurious and do not indicate a fire in the vehicle People with respiratory problems may feel some temporary irritation from chemicals used to produce the deployment open the windows after airbag deployment if safe to do so The airbags deflate very rapidly after deployment so there is little danger of obscured vision The time required from the sensors detecting an impact to deflation of the airbags after deployment is shorter than a blink of an eye A CAUTION Airbags inflate at an extremely rapid speed In cer tain situations contact with inflating airbags can result in abrasions light cuts bruises and the like 2 56 Driver s and passenger s front airbag system 00407400590 The driver s airbag is located under the padded cover in the middle of the steering wheel The front passenger s airbag is contained in the instrument panel above the glove box The driver s airbag and the front passenger s airbag are designed to inflate at the same time even if the passenger seat is not occupied AA0008118 o V
32. The shape and size of the head restraint differs rectly adjusted as shown in the illustration and also according to the seat Always use the correct head lift the head restraints to ensure that they do not restraint provided for the seat and do not install the come out of the seatback head restraint in the wrong direction S l Cee CD a JA 7 persons AG0005652 y AA3007170 2 15 4 NZ P BKO111000FN book 16 Y 20094 F8H26A KEA 4 5324 7 Seat and seat belts Making a luggage area E00403400273 A WARNING If required always operate the seating before the vehicle is in motion After seat operations are made ensure the seating is locked in position by attempting to move the seat and seatback forward and rearward without using the adjusting mechanism The luggage area in the rear of the vehicle should never be used as a play area by children Children should be seated with seat belts fastened when the vehicle is in motion Be sure that the second seat backs are returned to their fully upright position and locked in place A CAUTION Do not stack luggage above the seatback height Secure the luggage firmly Serious accidents could result due to restricted rear vision or unrestrained objects entering the passen ger compartment during sudden braking Make sure that the seat is operated by an adult If it is operated by a child an unexpected acc
33. adjust it using an accurate barome ter SELECT i AA0096036 3 53 AWB a BK0111000EN book 54 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSHFR3 257 Instruments and controls 2 Press the or function button to select the 3 Adjust the barometer by pressing the function buttons BAROMETER ADJUST display Then press the SELECT function button AA0096052 ar AA0096049 ce 99 SET NOTE To adjust the barometer Each gentle press of the function button will increase the indicated barometer by 2 hPa If you con tinue pressing the button for about 2 seconds or longer the indication is fast forwarded To adjust the barometer Each gentle press of the function button will decrease the indicated barometer by 2 hPa If you con tinue pressing the button for about 2 seconds or longer the indication is fast forwarded To set the barometer Press the SET function button The display will flash twice and the new setting will be established You can return to the previous display by pressing the BACK function button 3 54 e LP a BKO111000EN book 55 SY 20094F8H26H8H KIA FF5324 i Instruments and controls 4 After setting the barometer adjust press the INFO but Resetting to the factory setting ton to return to the information display 1 Press the A
34. book 17 Y 20094 8H26H AEH 4 Temperature control dial E00703000562 Turn the temperature control dial clockwise to make the air warmer Turn it anticlockwise to make the air cooler JON AA0054434 NOTE While the engine coolant temperature is low the tempera ture of the air from the heater will be cool cold until the engine warms up even if you have selected warm air with the dial o For pleasant driving Air selection switch E00703400667 To change the air selection simply press the air selection switch Outside air Indicator lamp A OFF Outside air is introduced into the passenger compartment Recirculated air Indicator lamp A ON Air is recirculated inside the passenger compartment AA0058083 KA As AVY 4 BK0111000EN book 18 X 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 For pleasant driving Air conditioning switch A CAUTION sd tue Normally use the outside position to keep the wind Push the switch and the air conditioning compressor will turn screen and side windows clear and quickly remove on The air conditioning indicator lamp A will come on fog or frost from the windscreen If high cooling performance is desired or if the out side air is dusty or otherwise contaminated use the recirculation position Switch to the outside position periodically to increase ventilation so that the win dows do not become fogged up Use of t
35. e The indicator lamp 3 is dim or does not come on If your remote control switch is lost or damaged please contact your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer for a replacement remote control switch If you wish to add a remote control switch please contact your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer A maximum of 4 remote control switches can be regis tered for use 1 5 SA d Zils BKO111000EN book 6 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 Locking and unlocking i Doors To lock or unlock with the key E00300401887 A CAUTION Make sure the doors are closed driving with doors not completely closed is dangerous 1 Never leave children in the vehicle unattended Be careful not to lock the doors while the key is inside the vehicle NOTE To prevent the key from being locked inside the vehicle neither the lock knob on the driver s door nor the key can be used to lock the driver s door when it is open N ae 1 Insert or remove the key 2 Lock 3 Unlock AA0093598 Y P d gt BKO111000EN book 7 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 To lock or unlock from inside the vehicle o Locking and unlocking To lock without using the key AA0083944 l Lock 2 Unlock Pull the inside door handle towards you to open the door NOTE The driver s door can be opened without using the lock knob by pulli
36. tyre This makes it safer if the jack slips out of position l C AA0082426 Be sure to apply chocks or blocks to the correct tyre when jacking up the vehicle If the vehicle moves TA0002900 6 while jacked up the jack could slip out of position leading to an accident NOTE The chocks shown in the illustration do not come with your vehicle It is recommended that you keep ones in the vehicle for use if needed If chocks are not available use stones or any other objects that are large enough to hold the wheel in position 4 4 H aa SP e gt 3 aa C44 Zi BK0111000EN book 26 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 For emergencies 7 Loosen the wheel nuts with the wheel nut wrench Do not 8 Find the closest jacking point to the flat tyre refer to remove the wheel nuts yet Jacking up the vehicle on page 6 13 Then position the jack and raise the vehicle until the tyre is slightly off the ground 9 Remove the wheel nuts with the wheel nut wrench then take the wheel off n O agp A CAUTION O O Handle the wheel carefully when changing the tyre O to avoid scratching the wheel surface 10 Clean out any mud etc on the hub surface C hub bolts D or in the installation holes E in the wheel and then mount the spare wheel AA0082660 AA0027928 6 26 Y AW 3 4 cis BKO111000EN book 27 Y 2009478 H26A KEA F
37. 53 245 For emergencies 11 Temporarily tighten the wheel nuts flange nuts by hand until the flanges of the wheel nuts touch the wheel and the wheel is not loose Mount the spare wheel with the valve stem F fac ing outboard If you cannot see the valve stem F you have installed the wheel backwards Operating the vehicle with the spare wheel installed backwards can cause vehicle damage and result in an accident AA0082699 A CAUTION Never apply oil to either the wheel bolts or the nuts or they will tighten too much AA0048572 NOTE If all 4 aluminium wheels are changed to steel wheels use tapered nuts 6 27 4 Zils BK0111000EN book 28 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHROKFR3 257 F e For emergencies 12 Lower the vehicle slowly and then tighten the nuts criss cross in 2 or 3 steps until each nut has been tightened securely Tightening torque 118 to 137 Nem Achieved by applying a force at the end of the wheel nut wrench supplied with the vehicle 440 to 500 N 44 to 50 kgf AA0088662 A CAUTION Never use your foot or a pipe extension for extra force in the wheel nut wrench If you do so you will tighten the nut too much 6 28 13 Lower and remove the jack then store the jack jack han dle wheel nut wrench flat tyre and chocks Have your damaged tyre repaired as soon as possible 14 Check your tyr
38. 70 km h in 4LLc range Do not drive your vehicle in the 4HLc or 4LLc on dry paved roads and highways Doing so may result in excessive tyre wear increased fuel con sumption and possible noise generation It may also increase the differential oil temperature which may damage the drive system Further the drive train will be subjected to excessive loading resulting in oil leakage component seizure or other serious prob lems On dry paved roads and highways drive the vehicle in 2H or 4H only Transfer shift lever operation Starting and driving E00605900160 The shift pattern is shown on the transfer shift lever knob 4H 2H 4LLc 4HLc AA0087522 The transfer shift lever should be positioned in accordance with the following operating conditions C Not push down the transfer shift lever Mg Push down the transfer shift lever 4 29 4 ZIN eis BKO111000EN book 30 X 2009 8H26H Starting and driving To shift from KERA F53 2 4 Procedure Vehicles with M T The transfer shift lever can be operated while the vehi cle is either moving or stationary When the vehicle is not in motion shift the gearshift lever to the N Neutral position before operating the transfer shift lever When the vehicle is moving and only while it can be steered straight ahead release the accelerator pedal before operating the transfer shif
39. AA0083348 5 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse 8 43 AY o do SY 5 2 cis BK0111000EN book 44 X 20094F8H26H AEA F53 257 F Maintenance A CAUTION Handle halogen lamp bulb with care The gas inside Never hold the halogen lamp bulb with a bare hand Rear combination lamps E 01004201294 1 Open the tailgate halogen lamp bulb is highly pressurized so drop Refer to Tailgate on page 1 11 ping knocking or scratching a halogen lamp bulb 2 Remove the screws A that hold the lamp unit can cause it to shatter dirty glove etc The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the fog lamps are operated If the glass surface is dirty it must be cleaned with alcohol paint thinner etc and refit it after drying thoroughly Li AA0083377 AA0000473 8 44 e o t SP oy z UY BKO111000EN book 45 Y 200948A 26H KER F532 3 Move the lamp unit toward the rear of the vehicle and remove the clips B o Maintenance 4 Remove each socket and bulb assembly by turning it anti clockwise AA0092520 AA0094162 C Tail and stop lamp D Rear turn signal lamp 8 45 p SA lt Zs BKO111000EN book 46 Y 20094F8H26H8H KA FF5324 i Maintenance 5 Remove the bulb by turning it anticlockw
40. AA0086655 Vehicle information code plate The vehicle information code plate is located as shown in the illustration gt 4 ee AA0095172 o t KA As AVY n nay a BKO111000EN book 3 Y 20094F8H26H KEHA F532 Specifications The plate shows model code and engine model transmission Vehicle data label model and body colour code etc The vehicle data label is located on the front passenger s door Please use this number when ordering replacement parts sill 1 2 fq MITSUBISHI MOTORS THAILAND CO LTD PT E eae 3 4 5 6 AA0094364 AA0095185 1 Model code 2 Engine model code 3 Transmission model code 4 Body colour code 5 Interior code 6 Option code 9 3 LP o ap a BKO111000EN book 4 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 Specifications In all correspondence related to your vehicle or when purchas Compliance label ing spare parts the following information should be quoted The compliance label is located on the driver s door sill The engine number see details on following page The vehicle identification number V I N see details on previous page The S 0 A No where applicable the option codes paint and trim codes located on the Data Label MODEL BUILT OPTIONS PAINT TRIM SOA VIN USE GENUINE MITSUBISHI PARTS MITSUBISHI ALL CORRESPONDENCE MUST QUOTE
41. It stops working when the vehicle slows below 7 km h A CAUTION The ABS cannot prevent accidents It is your responsibility to take safety precautions and to drive carefully To prevent failure of the ABS be sure all 4 wheels AA0084707 and tyres are the same size and the same type Do not install any aftermarket limited slip differen A CAUTION ey ESD an yan velite The ALS mey cioap fune Any of the following indicates that the ABS is not Conine property functioning and only the standard brake system is working The standard brake system is functioning normally If this happens please contact your near est authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer for inspection e When the ignition switch is in the ON position the warning lamp does not come on or it remains on and does not go off The warning lamp comes on while driving P d gt BK0111000EN book 52 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHROKFR3 257 Starting and driving NOTE On vehicles with the rear differential lock the active sta bility amp traction control ASTC and ABS functions are suspended while the rear differential lock is activated ASTC indicator lamp active stability control function OFF indicator lamp and ABS warning lamp are illumi nated while these functions are suspended It dose not indicate a problem When the rear differential lock is dis engaged these lamps go out and function again Refer to ASTC
42. MANUAL function button in the auto reset mode the mode will be changed to the manual reset mode When you press the AUTO function button in the manual reset mode the mode will be changed to the auto reset mode Auto reset mode AA3006955 e o Instruments and controls NOTE When you turn the ignition switch to the ON position after turning it from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position in the manual reset mode the auto reset mode will automatically be selected When the average speed cannot be calculated will be shown The average and momentary speed change depending on the driving condition road condition driving behavior etc The indications may differ from the actual speed Therefore it is recommended to use the indications as ref erence The unit indication can be changed to your desired setting km h or mph Refer to User customization on page 3 45 3 23 o ad as Zips BK0111000EN book 24 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHROKFR3 257 Instruments and controls Resetting the average speed Outside temperature Press the RESET function button to reset the average vehicle 00518500097 speed The outside temperature is graphed every 5 minutes and the data for up to 4 hours are shown in A The current outside temperature is shown in B AA0095521 N
43. MOTORS vehicles to an associated or cli ent company MITSUBISHI MOTORS advises the following Different countries have different vehicle regulations fuel standards driving conditions and customer preferences A vehicle sold in several markets may look outwardly similar but have very significant differences Taking a vehicle built to an Australian specification overseas therefore runs the risk of Non compliance with local regulations Unsatisfactory vehicle performance Difficulties in after sales service Parts unavailable Diminished resale value We believe the practice to be uneconomic and strongly recom mend against it e a NF ls MP o 5 C44 i BK0111000EN book 1 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 4 Locking and unlocking IRC Soares eevee rte eee gee Be FAN cee REA ice ean es l 2 Electronic immobiliser Anti theft starting system l 3 Keylessientryisy ste mere eerie ere l 4 ID ere ine cnet ee mca SE Oren E O A l 6 entralidoomlocks eee ee et E l 8 Child protection rear doors l 10 Tailgater a patie a ec ee rea eeee tanned eae l 11 msideitailgatemelease ae eee nae men rane l 14 Electric window control 5 l 15 SHU a1 010 hoea mee eruch a cpoen A A micee ence l 19 o o KY E BKO111000EN book 2 Y 20094F8H 26H KEH F532 F Locking and unlocking Key
44. Pull the wiper blade until its stopper A disengages from the hook B Then pull the wiper blade further to remove it AA0007283 4 Insert the wiper blade into the arm starting with the oppo A site end of the blade from the stopper Make sure the hook s B is fitted correctly in the grooves in the blade A B NOTE If retainers are not supplied with the new wiper blade use EATS the retainers from the old blade NOTE Do not allow the wiper arm to fall onto the windscreen it could damage the glass 8 22 f MW 5 ae cis BK0111000EN book 23 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHROHR3 257 7 5 Push the wiper blade until the hook B engages securely with the stopper A AA0007296 e o Maintenance Passenger s side 1 Lift the wiper arm off the windscreen NOTE When lifting the passenger s side wiper arm off the wind screen first raise the driver s side wiper arm and then the passenger s side wiper arm 2 Pull the wiper blade until its stopper A disengages from the hook B Then pull the wiper blade further to remove it AA0005713 NOTE Do not allow the wiper arm to fall onto the windscreen it could damage the glass 8 23 8 V MZ 5 4 BK0111000EN book 24 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 E e Maintenance 3 Attach the retainers C to a new wiper blade Refer to the i
45. Remove the hanger disc E from the spare wheel AA0082569 6 21 SA lt WZ L a HGY 4 Zs BKOLLLOOOEN book 22 Y 20094 8A26H KEH PRS RFS 24 For emergencies To install 2 Turn the securing bolt B clockwise with the wheel nut 00802800085 wrench to wind up the chain 1 Install the hanger disc A in wheel disc hole AA0090832 AA0082572 NOTE Confirm that the hanger disc is securely fitted in the wheel disc hole when the wheel is just lifted off the ground 4 6 22 4 NY Zs BKO111000EN book 23 X Y 200948H26H KEA 45 HES 24 F 3 After winding up the spare wheel sufficiently make sure it is not loose the tightening torque should be approxi mately 22 Nem A CAUTION The spare wheel should always be securely in posi tion If a flat tyre is changed put the flat tyre in the spare wheel mounting position with the wheel outer sur face upward and use the wheel nut wrench to secure it firmly NOTE Overtightening the securing bolt can damage the gear resulting in the gear not winding up the chain o For emergencies 4 Replace the lower cap C and turn it clockwise with the wheel nut wrench AA0090845 6 23 t ANZ is IZ i Zs BKOLL1OOOEN book 24 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For emergencies 5 Replace the spare tyre cap D and turn it to
46. Tail lamp left Cigarette lighter Ignition coil Starter motor Sunroof Accessory socket Tail lamp right Outside rear view mirrors oO a AJ NAT BY WY N Engine control unit j Control unit Rear fog lamp n N Central door lock w Room lamp D Rear window wiper p Ur Gauge n fon Relay 27 28 29 ca ca Zs ad 005 e gt gt 11 d E wo A gt a N Heated seat Option 8 8 29 4 p 4 en oe AA4000514 _ O Heated door mirror N Windscreen wiper AW a a E BK0111000EN book 30 Y 20094F8H26H KERA F53 24 gt i Maintenance Electrical system Capacity Engine compartment fuse location table E01008000264 Reversing lamps Engine compartment fuse location Demister Heater Power seat Radio Electronic controlled unit Spare fuse Spare fuse Spare fuse Fusible link Some fuses may not be installed on your vehicle depend ing on the vehicle model or specifications The table above shows the main equipment corresponding to each fuse The fuse block does not contain spare 10 A and 15 A fuses If a fuse of one of these capacities blows replace it temporarily by borrowing the one that matches from 10 A Radio 15 A Cigarette lighter Replace the bo
47. a towing service from a MIT SUBISHI MOTORS dealer or commercial tow truck service tow your vehicle carefully in accordance with the instructions given in Emergency towing in this part There may be local regulations concerning towing in your area It is recommended that you obey the regulations of the area 6 where you are driving your vehicle 6 29 4 o o Sp x BKO111000EN book 30 Y 20094 7 For emergencies F8H264H 7k Me A A Fi 5 RS 2 47 Tow AA2001302 6 30 e ing the vehicle by a tow truck A CAUTION This vehicle must not be towed by a tow truck using sling lift type equipment Type A as illustrated Using a sling lift will damage the bumper and front end Be sure to shift the transfer shift lever to 2H posi tion and transport the vehicle with the driving wheels on a carriage Type C D or E as illustrated Never try to tow with the transfer shift lever in 4H 4HLC or 4LLC positions and with the front or rear wheels on the ground Type B or C as illustrated This could result in the driving system damage or vehicle may jump at the carriage If you cannot shift the transfer shift lever to 2H position or the transmission is malfunctioning or damaged transport the vehicle with the all wheels on a car riage Type D or E as illustrated As your vehicle equipped with the Active Stability amp Traction Control system A
48. aged and or loaded near their load limit can be difficult to detect especially on cara vans where tyres are covered e A as cis BKO111000EN book 79 Y 20094F8H26H KEA PRS HFS 247 4 One cause of swaying is poor trailer balance and until this has been overcome the swaying will recur Relocate the load in your trailer or caravan and re assess the problem If the wheels of your vehicle the trailer or caravan leave the road surface and enter the unsealed edge of the road resist the urge to pull it back quickly Wait for a section where the levels of the road and unsealed edge are comparable and then ease back onto the sealed section of the road with as little sway as possible Try to maximise the distance between your caravan and pass ing or overtaking semi trailers or other heavy vehicles This will reduce the suction forces between the two and minimise disturbance of the caravan Braking Do not apply the brakes severely be alert and anticipate trouble far enough ahead to enable you to apply the brakes smoothly and evenly Do not make any manoeuvres before ensuring that the road behind and in front of your vehicle is clear o Starting and driving Overheating This will normally occur as a result of some mechanical fail ure If your vehicle should overheat stop and check for a loose or broken water pump alternator drive belt a blocked radiator air intake or a low coolan
49. and tailgate It is possible to unlock all of the doors and the tailgate using the selector lever by placing in the P PARK position while the ignition switch is in the ON position E AA0086280 1 Lock 2 Unlock AA0083960 NOTE The vehicle is shipped from the factory with a setting established such that the doors and the tailgate are not unlocked when the selector lever is placed in the P PARK position with the ignition switch in the ON position If you wish to change the setting such that the doors and the tailgate are unlocked please contact an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer 1 9 KA Sp hs BKO111000EN book 10 Y 20094F8A 26H KERA FR ORFS 277 Locking and unlocking Child protection rear doors A CAUTION When driving with a child in the rear seat please use the child protection to prevent accidental door opening which may cause an accident AA0098694 1 Lock 2 Unlock Child protection helps prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally from the inside If the lever is set to the locked position the rear door cannot be opened using the inside handle but only with the outside han dle If the lever is set to the Unlock position the child protection mechanism does not function 1 10 VA a 9 48 AW E BK0111000EN book 11 Y 2009 8H260 KERHA F53 247 Locking
50. and unlocking Tailgate To lock or unlock from inside the vehicle E00301400959 The tailgate can be locked or unlocked by using the inside lock knob driver side A WARNING It is dangerous to drive with the tailgate open since carbon monoxide CO gas can enter the cabin You cannot see or smell CO It can cause uncon sciousness and even death When opening and closing the tailgate make sure that there are no people nearby and be careful not to hit your head or pinch your hands neck etc Ef A CAUTION Do not stand behind the exhaust pipe when loading and unloading luggage Heat from the exhaust could y Pe aaa lead to burns AA0086280 l Lock NOTE 2 Unlock Locking unlocking of the driver s door by using the key NOTE inside lock knob driver side or keyless entry system also locks unlocks the tailgate Repeated continuous operating between lock and unlock could cause the central door locks built in protection cir cuit to prevent the system from operating If this occurs wait about 1 minute before operating the inside lock knob ow p 4 MZ 4 a BK0111000EN book 12 X 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOKFR3 257 F e Locking and unlocking To open After unlocking the tailgate pull the tailgate handle upward to open the tailgate AA0083986 A CAUTION Make sure there is no one standing nearby when opening the tailga
51. anti freeze and cooling per formance thus adversely affecting the engine Do not top up with water only Water by itself reduces the rust protective and anti freeze qualities of the coolant and has a lower boil ing point It can also cause damage to the cooling system if it should freeze Do not use tapwater as it can cause corrosion and rust formation 8 9 VA Zils BK0111000EN book 10 X 20094F8H26H AEA F53 257 F Maintenance Automatic transmission fluid E01000600945 The proper amount of automatic transmission fluid is essential to the life and operation of the automatic transmission Either insufficient fluid or excessive fluid could cause transmission trouble The transmission fluid filler port cap is equipped with a dipstick Use the following procedure to check the fluid level Procedure for checking the fluid level ee N U ha 6 Check the fluid level after the vehicle has been driven enough to warm up the transmission fluid Park the vehicle on a flat level surface and apply the parking brake With the engine idling and the brake pedal fully depressed move the transmission selector lever through all the positions from the P PARK to D DRIVE stopping momentarily at each position Move the selector lever to the P PARK position Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean lint free cloth Reinsert the dipstick as far as
52. anti lock brake system ABS functions are suspended e If the vehicle speed is 12 km h or lower turn the steer while the rear differential lock is activated ASTC indica ing wheel from side to side until the indicator lamp illu tor lamp active stability control function OFF indicator minates steadily If the vehicle is stuck in soft ground lamp and ABS warning lamp are illuminated while these make sure the area around the vehicle is clear then functions are suspended It dose not indicate a problem repeatedly attempt to drive forward and backward The When the rear differential lock is disengaged these lamps indicator lamp will illuminate steadily and the rear dif go out and function again ferential lock will be activated Refer to ABS warning lamp on page 4 51 ASTC indi cator lamp ASTC OFF indicator lamp on page 4 57 If the indicator lamp continues blinking after the switch 4 has been pressed to deactivate the rear differential lock hold the steering wheel in the straight ahead position then slowly depress and release the accelerator pedal several times 4 37 Z cis BKOI11000EN book 38 X 20094F8H26H KEA PRS HFS 24 7 Starting and driving Examples of effective use of the rear differential When driving on rocky roads lock When the vehicle is unable to move because one of the wheels 00606400045 is suspended in the air A CAUTION Use the rear differential lock only as an emergency measu
53. as trim material badges etc It might the airbags and the driver or front passenger It strike and injure an occupant if the airbag inflates could affect airbag performance or could cause Do not set anything on or attach anything to the injury when the airbag inflates instrument panel above the glove box It might Right after the airbag inflation several airbag sys strike and injure an occupant if the airbag inflates tem components will be hot Do not touch them you could be burned The airbag system is designed to work only once Once the airbags have deployed they will not work 2 again They must promptly be replaced and the entire airbag system must be inspected by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer AA0087913 A WARNING Do not attach accessories to or put them in front of the windscreen These objects could restrict the air bag inflation or strike and injure an occupant if the airbags inflate 2 61 Zips BK0111000EN book 62 X 20094F8H26H AEA FROKFR3 257 Seat and seat belts Side airbag system The label shown here is attached to the seatbacks with a side 00407600417 airbag The side airbags A are contained in the driver and front pas senger seatbacks The side airbag is designed to inflate only on the side of the vehicle that is impacted even with no passenger in the front seat AA0091930 AA0091927 2 62 LP o
54. be changed to your desired setting km L L 100 km mpg UK GALLON or mpg US GALLON Refer to User customization on page 3 45 e o ad bs IZ i UY BK0111000EN book 21 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls Resetting the average fuel consumption Driving range Press the RESET function button to reset the average fuel 00518300095 consumption indication This value A shows the distance in km or miles that can be driven on the fuel remaining in the fuel tank The driving range is graphed every 5 minutes and the data for up to 4 hours are shown in B AA0095491 NOTE The average fuel consumption can be reset separately for RET the auto reset mode and for the manual reset mode When you turn the ignition switch to the ON position about 4 hours or more after turning it from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position in the auto reset mode the average fuel consumption indication will automatically be reset 3 21 KA P d gt BK0111000EN book 22 Y 20094 8H 26H Instruments and controls KERA F53 2 57 NOTE e When the driving range is 50 km 30 miles or less the display shows When it is 3 000 km 2 000 miles or more 3 000 km or 2 000 miles will be shown When the driving range cannot be measured the display shows
55. book 23 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 Seat and seat belts 4 Raise the stand B and then gently lower the seat cush 5 Pull up the seatback lock release band C then tilt the ion seatback forward until you hear a click AA0081559 AA0098593 2 23 KA o do Zips BK0111000EN book 24 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 Seat and seat belts 6 Pull up the cover D from the rear direction To return 1 Fasten the cover to the seatback with the band A AA0081575 AA0081588 2 24 KA o ps SP oy z UY BKO111000EN book 25 Y 2O00948A 26H KER F532 Seat and seat belts 2 Pull the seatback lock release band B then raise the 3 Lift the seat cushion backward Fold the stand C and seatback until it locks securely into place then gently lower the seat cushion Push lightly on the seatback to confirm that it has actually been secured AA0081605 AA0098607 2 25 KA o do lt P P P E BK0111000EN book 26 7 20094F8H268H KEH F532 Seat and seat belts j 4 Push the seat cushion until you hear a click and the seat Making a flat seat Except for vehicles locks secuscly equipped with the power type seat 00404300729 By removing the head restraints and fully reclining the seat backs of the seats one large flat sea
56. by pressing the eject button 1 NOTE When an 8 cm compact disc is used the adapter is not needed for playback Insert the disc in the centre of the disc loading slot 5 For information concerning the handling of compact discs refer to Handling of compact discs on page 5 47 N U To fast forward fast reverse the disc To fast forward or fast reverse the disc press the TRACK but ton 7 Fast forward You can fast forward the disc by pressing the gt side of the TRACK button 7 While the button is kept pressed the disc will be fast forwarded Fast reverse You can fast reverse the disc by pressing the lt lt side of the TRACK button 7 While the button is kept pressed the disc will be fast reversed NOTE When you have fast forwarded fast reversed the disc the playing time may be shown with deviation 5 34 l ZB Zils BK0111000EN book 35 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 F To listen an MP3 CD This CD player allows you to play MP3 MPEG Audio Layer 3 files recorded on CD ROMs CD Rs recordable CDs and CD RWs rewritable CDs in ISO9660 Level 1 Level 2 Joliet and Romeo formats Each disc may have a maximum of 16 trees 100 folders and 255 files per disc During MP3 play back the unit can display ID3 tag information For information concerning ID3 tag refer to CD text and MP3 title display on page 5 39 AA0096137 Insert a
57. by the To adjust forward or backward aAITOWS E00400500707 Manual type Pull the seat adjusting lever and adjust the seat forward or backward to the desired position and release the adjusting lever AA0087825 1 Adjustment forward 2 Adjustment backward NOTE To prevent the battery from running down operate the EET power type seat with the engine running To ensure the seat is locked securely try to move the seat forward or backward without using the adjust ing lever 4 Zils BKO111000EN book 7 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 Seat and seat belts To recline the seatback Power type 00400600883 Adjust the seatback angle by operating the switch as indicated Manual type by the arrows In order to recline the seatback lean forward slightly pull the seatback lock lever up and then lean backward to the desired position and release the lever The seatback will lock in that position AA0087841 1 To move to forward direction 2 To recline rearward AA0093484 NOTE To prevent the battery from running down operate the A CAUTION power type seat with the engine running The reclining mechanism of the seatback is spring loaded causing it to return to the vertical position when the lock lever is operated When using the lever sit close to the seatback or hold it with your hand to control its return motion 2 7 NY
58. capacity 3 Third seat 2 12 Timer function 1 17 Tools 6 10 Storage 6 10 Towing 6 29 Towing caravans and trailers 4 76 Transfer oil 9 15 Transmission Automatic transmission 4 19 Fluid 8 10 9 14 Manual transmission 4 17 Transmission and transfer specifications 9 10 Trip odometer 3 4 Turn Lane change signals 3 60 Tyres 8 17 How to change a tyre 6 24 Inflation pressures 8 17 Rotation 8 19 Size tyre and wheel 9 12 Snow tyres 8 20 Tyre chains 8 21 Wheel condition 8 18 U Used engine oils safety instructions and disposal information 7 V Vanity mirror 5 51 Vehicle care precautions 7 2 Vehicle data label 9 3 Vehicle dimensions 9 6 Vehicle Identification Number 9 2 Vehicle information code plate 9 2 Vehicle labeling 9 2 Vehicle mass 9 8 Vehicle performance 9 7 Ventilators 5 2 AA d cis BKOLL1OOOEN book 9 Y 200948H26H KIRA F53 247 Alphabetical index W Warning lamps Brake warning lamp 3 11 Charge warning lamp 3 14 Check engine warning lamp 3 13 Door ajar warning lamp 3 15 Low fuel warning lamp 3 7 Oil pressure warning lamp 3 14 Washer Fluid 8 11 9 14 Switch 3 63 3 66 3 67 Washing 7 4 Water temperature gauge 3 7 Waxing 7 6 Weatherstripping 8 27 Wheel Specification 9 12 Wheel condition 8 18 Wiper Blade 3 64 Rear window 3 66 Switch 3 63 Wiper blade rubber replacement 8 22 Numerics 4 wheel drive operation 4 41 i MZ ag a BK0111000EN book 10 X 2
59. cold weather while the vehicle is in motion the transmission gear may make some noise In cold weather try to shift the gear while the vehicle is stopped When the transfer shift lever is shifted from 4H to 4HLc while the vehicle is stopped the 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp blinks while the selection is in process Drive slowly and normally after confirming that the lamp is illuminated Refer to 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp on page 4 32 On vehicles with A T do not move the selector lever while the 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp is blinking The 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp will go out momentarily during shifting process from 4HLc to 4LLc or vice versa as the transfer shift lever passes through the neutral position Be sure to operate the transfer shift lever until the 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp illuminates again There may be a case that the transfer shift lever feels heavy when it is moved from 2H to 4H with the steering wheel in turned position This is normal and not any indication of trouble A CAUTION Do not operate the transfer shift lever while the rear wheels of the vehicle are slipping on snow or ice 4 31 gt t AA d Zs BKO111000EN book 32 X Y 20098H26H KEA PE 5 HES 24 Starting and driving 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp E00625900049 AA0087535 A Front wheel lamp B Centre differential lock lam
60. conforming to EN14214 e o t AA d MIP 2 cis BKO1I1000EN book 3 X 20094 8H26H0H KA PRSRRS 24 gt General information Filling the fuel tank Fuel tank capacity 00200202201 70 litres A WARNING Refueling 1 Before filling with fuel stop the engine 2 The fuel tank filler is located on the rear left side of your vehicle Open the fuel tank filler door with the release lever located below the instrument panel When refueling your vehicle always turn the engine off and keep away from flames sparks and smoking materials Always handle fuel in well ventilated out door areas Before removing the fuel cap be sure to get rid of your body s static electricity by touching a metal part of the car or fuel pump Any static electricity on your body could create a spark that ignites fuel vapor Perform the whole refuelling process opening the fuel tank filler door removing the fuel cap etc by yourself Do not let any other person come near the fuel tank filler If you allowed a person to help you and that person was carrying static electricity fuel vapor could be ignited Do not move away from the fuel tank filler until refueling is finished If you moved away and did something else for example sitting on a seat part way through the refueling process you could pick AA0087274 up a fresh charge of static electricity Be careful not to inhale fuel vapor
61. could make the engine malfunction For details please contact the nearest authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer Liquid Petroleum Gas L P G A CAUTION Your vehicle cannot be run on L P G Use of an L P G fuel conversion may result in signif icant damage to your vehicles fuel system engine engine sensors and exhaust system Bio diesel FAME Fatty Acid Methyl Ester blended fuel Diesel fuels mixed with FAME Fatty Acid Methyl Ester is sold in some areas of Australia as Bio diesel When you use FAME blended diesel fuel quality of FAME must conform to the European standard EN14214 and amount of FAME must be below 5 concentration by volume A CAUTION Do not use FAME of poor quality not conforming to EN14214 and more than 5 concentration by vol ume Use of FAME not conforming to EN14214 and more than 5 concentration may lead to damage to your vehicle fuel system Failures resulting from the use of any non recom mended fuels are not warrantable defects and there fore the cost of repair will not be covered by MITSUBISHI MOTORS s warranty NOTE Poor quality fuel can cause problems such as hard starting at cold ambient temperature stalling engine noise and hesitation If you experience these problems try another brand and or grade of fuel which is not FAME blended In the absence of any Australian Standards for Bio die sel MITSUBISHI MOTORS recommend the use of Bio diesel
62. could run down the bat tery If the engine does not start turn the ignition key back to LOCK position wait a few seconds and then try again Trying repeatedly with the starter motor still turning will damage the starter mechanism If the engine cannot be started because the battery is weak or dead refer to the Emergency starting section for instructions on starting the engine The engine is well warmed up if the coolant temperature gauge needle starts to move the engine speed decreases Extended warming up operation will result in excessive 4 fuel consumption A WARNING Never run the engine in a closed or poorly ventilated area any longer than is needed to move your vehicle in or out of the area Carbon monoxide gases are odourless and can be fatal 4 15 4 MP 5 ae cis BK0111000EN book 16 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOHFR3 257 7 Starting and driving A CAUTION pusrung tie engine eee Never attempt to start the engine by pushing or pull ing the vehicle Do not run the engine at high rpm or drive the vehi cle at high speed until the engine has had a chance to warm up Release the ignition key as soon as the engine starts to avoid damaging the starter motor Do not stop the engine immediately after high speed or uphill driving First allow the engine to idle to give the turbocharger a chance to cool down Insert the ignition key and fasten the seat be
63. e Do not tie string etc around the gas struts 1 e Do not hang any object on the gas struts 1 13 4 a BKOLLLOOOEN book 14 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 Locking and unlocking Inside tailgate release To open 00303400070 1 Insert a straight blade or minus screwdriver with a cloth The inside tailgate release is designed to provide a way to open over its tip into the notch of the cover A and pry gently the tailgate in the case of discharged battery to remove it The tailgate release lever see illustration is mounted on the tailgate AA0084026 AA0084013 You and your family should familiarize yourselves with the location and operation of the tailgate release lever 1 14 4 P e o ig Sp eis BKO111000EN book 15 Y 2O00948A 26H KERA FR SHFS 277 4 2 Move the lever B to unlock the tailgate AA0084039 3 Push the tailgate to open the tailgate A CAUTION Always keep the release lever lid on the tailgate closed when driving so that your luggage cannot accidentally bump the lever and open the tailgate l Ass 6 Locking and unlocking Electric window control E00302200390 The electric windows can only be operated with the ignition switch in the ON position Electric window control switch E00302301372 Each window opens or closes while the corresponding swi
64. has a longer life Disconnection and connection To disconnect the battery cable stop the engine first discon nect the negative terminal and then the positive terminal When connecting the battery first connect the positive ter minal and then the negative terminal o Maintenance NOTE Open the terminal cover A before disconnecting or con necting the positive terminal of the battery AA0085919 Keep sparks cigarettes and flames away from the battery because the battery could explode The battery electrolyte is extremely caustic Do not allow it to come in contact with your eyes skin clothing or the painted surfaces of the vehicle Spilt electrolyte should be flushed immediately with ample amounts of water Irritation to eyes or skin from contact with electro lyte requires immediate medical attention Ventilate when charging or using the battery in an enclosed space Sp cis BKO111000EN book 16 Y 20094F8A 26H KERA FR SHFS 277 Maintenance A CAUTION Never disconnect the battery with the ignition switch in the ON position doing so could damage the vehicle s electrical components Never short circuit the battery doing so could cause it to overheat and be damaged Always wear eye protection when working near the battery If the battery is to be quickcharged first disconnect the battery cables In order to preve
65. holder E00732000160 Cards can be slipped into the holder A on the back of the sun visor Type 1 n ae AA0015152 5 52 Type 2 AAO0015888 Allis ibaa AW E BK0111000EN book 53 Y 2009 8H260 KIA F532 For pleasant driving Ashtray Mounting position for moveable ashtray E00711400943 The moveable ashtray can be fitted at the indicated positions A CA U TI O N For the front seat Put out matches and cigarettes before they are placed in the ashtray Don t put papers and other things that burn into your ashtrays If you do cigarettes or other smoking materials could set them on fire causing damage Always close the ashtray If left open other cigarette butts in the ashtray may be rekindled C To use the ashtray open the lid er AA3007255 AA0021001 5 53 p 4 AW E BK0111000EN book 54 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 For pleasant driving Cigarette lighter A CAUTION Do not touch heating element or cigarette lighter housing Hold only the knob to prevent burns Do not allow children to operate or play with the cig arette lighter as burns may occur Something is wrong with the cigarette lighter if it does not pop back out within approximately 30 sec onds of being pushed in Leaving the cigarette lighter pushed in for an extended period could cause fire If it does not pop out by
66. illuminates when a door or the tailgate is opened It goes off about 15 seconds after the door or tailgate is closed However the lamp goes off immediately in the follow ing cases All doors and the tailgate are closed and the igni tion switch is turned to the ON position All doors and the tailgate are locked using the key mechanism of the driver s door the lock knob of the driver s door or the remote control switch of the keyless entry system o LP Zips BK0111000EN book 59 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FRSKFR3 257 For pleasant driving NOTE Centre console downlight When the ignition key is removed with the doors and the tailgate closed the lamp is illuminated E00733300027 The centre console downlight goes on when the lamp switch is and after about 15 seconds it goes off in the O or the 300 position The dimming period is also adjustable Refer to Combination headlamps and dipper switch on page For further information please contact your 3 57 authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer 3 OFF The lamp goes off ve Door courtesy lamps L k E00717500092 Each door courtesy lamp comes on when the relevant door is opened and goes off when the door is closed WOU AA0082820 AA0082817 5 59 NY o AW E BK0111000EN book 60 Y 2009 8H26 KEH F532 For pleasant driving Storage spaces
67. in flooding of the vehicle inte rior Therefore e Maintain a distance of approx 50 cm or more between the vehicle body and the washing nozzle e When washing around the door glass hold the nozzle at a distance of more than 50 cm and at right angles to the glass surface After washing the vehicle drive the vehicle slowly while lightly depressing the brake pedal several times in order to dry out the brakes Leaving the brakes wet could result in reduced braking performance Also there is a possibility that they could freeze up or become inoperative due to rust rendering the vehicle unable to move When using an automatic car wash pay attention to the following items referring to the operation man ual or consulting a car wash operator If the follow ing procedure is not followed it could result in damage to your vehicle e The outside rear view mirrors are retracted e The roof antenna is removed e The wiper arm assembly is taped to the glass e As your vehicle is equipped with roof rails consult a car wash operator before using the car wash cis BKO111000EN book 6 X 200948H26H KER F53 257 Vehicle care During cold weather The salt and other chemicals spread on the roads in some areas in winter can have a harmful effect on the vehicle body You should therefore wash the vehicle as often as possible in accordance with our care instructions It is recommended to have a preservative applied and th
68. indicator lamp ASTC OFF indicator lamp on page 4 57 If only the ABS warning lamp illuminates Avoid hard braking and high speed driving Stop the vehi 4 52 cle in a safe place Restart the engine and check to see whether the lamp goes out after a few minutes driving if it then remains off dur ing driving there is no problem However if the warning lamp do not disappear or if they come on again when the vehicle is driven have the vehi cle checked by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer as soon as possible The ABS warning lamp can illuminate if the battery volt age is insufficient when the engine is started In this case it does not indicate an ABS fault Charge the battery by allowing the engine to idle for a while If the battery has been charged but the ABS warning lamp continues to illuminate or illuminates intermittently have the vehicle inspected by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer If the ABS waning lamp and brake waning lamp illumi nate at the same time The ABS and brake force distribution function may not work so hard braking could make the vehicle unstable Avoid hard braking and high speed driving Stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer AA0084417 e SA is Zi P d gt BK0111000EN book 53 X 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOKFR3 257 Starting and driving After driving on icy roads 00618
69. information has more than 16 characters press the PAGE button 6 to view the next 16 characters Folder names and track names can each be displayed up to a length of 16 characters Items of ID3 tag information can each be displayed up to a length of 16 characters Characters that the CD player cannot display are shown as 88 To use the external audio input function 00732200683 Auxiliary Audio connector RCA A B Auxiliary Video connector RCA eiele AA0097222 Auxiliary Audio connector RCA A Left audio input connector white B Right audio input connector red Auxiliary Video connector RCA A Left audio input connector white B Right audio input connector red C Video input connector yellow You can listen to commercially available audio equipment such as a portable audio system from your vehicle s speakers by connecting the audio equipment to the audio input connec tors which are external input connectors pin jacks b KA As e Zils BK0111000EN book 41 Y 20094 8H 264 KERA F53 2 57 NOTE On vehicles equipped with Mitsubishi Multi Communica tion System MMCS refer to the separate owner s man ual for a Mitsubishi Multi Communication System To activate the external audio input mode AA0096195 1 Use a commercially available audio cable to connect the audio equipment to the external audio
70. inspected by an authorized MITSUBI SHI MOTORS dealer 3 61 W g is lt l P d gt BKO1L1000EN book 62 Y 20094 8H 264 e KERA F53 2 57 Instruments and controls Front fog lamp switch E00506800891 The front fog lamps can be operated while the headlamps or tail lamps are on Turn the knob in the ON direction to turn on the front fog lamps The indicator lamp in the instrument cluster will also come on Turn the knob in the OFF direction to turn off the front fog lamps The knob will automatically return to its original position when you release it AA0083511 3 62 NOTE The front fog lamps are automatically turned off when the headlamps and tail lamps are turned off To turn the front fog lamps on again turn the knob in the ON direction after turning on the headlamps or tail lamps The laws and regulations concerning fog lamps may vary Find out and follow the laws and regulations that apply to the driving area Do not use fog lamps except in conditions of fog other wise excessive lamp glare may temporarily blind oncom ing vehicle drivers KA As a BK0111000EN book 63 Y 20094 8H 264 KERA F53 2 57 Wiper and washer switch E00507101508 The windscreen wiper and washer can be operated with the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position Move the switch to operate the windscreen wipe
71. is in the OFF position the rear blower will not operate even if the blower speed selection dial is turned to between 1 and 3 AA0081302 1 Blower speed selection dial 5 22 4 S7 cis BKOLLLOOOEN book 23 Y 2009478 A26H KIA F532 For pleasant driving Important operation tips for the air condi Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubri tioning cant recommendations 00708500886 If the air conditioning seems less effective than usual the cause Park the vehicle in the shade might be a refrigerant leak Have the system inspected by your Parking in the hot sun will make the vehicle inside authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer extremely hot and it will require more time to cool the The air conditioning system in your vehicle must be charged interior with the refrigerant HFC 134a and the lubricant ZXL 100PG If it is necessary to park in the sun open the windows for Use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe dam the first few minutes of air conditioning operation to expel age which will result in the need to replace your vehicle s the hot air entire air conditioning system Close the windows when the air conditioning is in use New regulations in support of the Australian Government s The entry of outside air through open windows will Ozone Protection and Synthetic Greenhouse Gas Management reduce the cooling efficiency Act 1989 became effective in January 2005 To ensure y
72. it goes 7 Remove dipstick and read the automatic transmission fluid level The fluid level should always be between the two marks on the dipstick pa l AA0094146 Do not spill the fluid onto a hot exhaust manifold during topping up or inspection or a fire may occur Fluid type Use only the MITSUBISHI MOTORS Genuine ATF SP III transmission fluid to ensure optimum transmission perform ance e o t ANZ is P d gt BK0111000EN book 11 X 20094F8H26H KEH PROKFR3 257 Washer fluid E01000700744 The windscreen washer fluid reservoir is in the engine com partment Open the washer fluid reservoir cap and check the level of washer fluid with the dipstick If the level is low replenish the container with washer fluid S a AA0087968 NOTE The washer fluid container serves the windscreen rear window and headlamps if so equipped During cold weather To ensure proper operation of the washers at low temperatures use a fluid containing an anti freezing agent e o Maintenance Brake fluid To check the fluid level The brake fluid level must be between the MAX and MIN marks on the reservoir AA0083713 The brake fluid level is monitored by a float When the brake fluid level falls below the MIN mark the brake fluid warning lamp lights up The fluid level falls slightly wit
73. of view of the rear view camera is limited to the area shown in the illustrations It cannot show the both sides and the lower part of the rear bumper etc When reversing be sure to visually confirm safety around the vehicle 4 72 KZ e SP a BKO111000EN book 73 Y 20094 8H26H kA R53 24 gt Starting and driving Range of view of rear view camera How to use the rear view camera When you place the gearshift lever in the R Reverse posi tion with M T or the selector lever in the R REVERSE position with A T with the ignition switch in the ON posi i tion the view behind the vehicle will automatically appear on the screen of the MMCS When you move the gearshift lever or the selector lever to any other position the screen will return to its original indication The rear view camera has a special lens that can make objects shown on the screen appear to be closer or further away than they actually are NOTE 4 The buzzer that sounds while the vehicle is reversing indi cates that the selector lever is in the R REVERSE position It does not warn of an obstacle behind the vehi cle with A T Because the rear view camera has a special lens the lines NENTE on the ground between parking spaces may not look paral lel on the screen In the following situations the screen indication may be difficult to see There is no abnormality Low light n
74. operation of the active stability control function and active traction control func tion will be suspended to protect the brake system Normal operation of the vehicle will not be affected Park your vehicle in a safe place When the temperature in the braking system has come down the amp indicator lamp will go off and the active stability control function and active traction control function will start operating again If the amp indicator lamp does not go out even through the above procedure is followed there could be a problem in the system Stop the engine and start the engine again and check whether the amp indicator lamp goes out If the indicator lamp goes out there is no abnormal condition If the amp indicator lamp illuminates even after your vehicle is driven a short distance after re starting the engine have your vehicle checked at an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer AA0094319 A CAUTION If the vehicle is towed with the ignition switch in the ON position and only the front wheels or only the rear wheels raised off the ground the ASTC may operate resulting in an accident When towing the vehicle with the front wheels raised keep the igni tion switch in the LOCK or ACC position When towing the vehicle with the rear wheels raised keep the ignition switch in the ACC position Refer to Towing on page 6 29 Zs BKO111000EN book 59 X Y 2009
75. pos sibly overheating Immediately park your vehicle in a safe place and make the necessary corrections Refer to Engine overheating on page 6 5 While driving care should always be taken to main tain the normal operating temperature 3 7 V a BKO111000EN book 8 Y 20094F8H26H KEHA F532 Instruments and controls Daytime dipper button meter illumination con trol E00508800257 The rheostat can be adjusted while the headlamps or tail lamps turn on Turn the dial to adjust the illumination meter multi centre dis play audio system s control panel heater control panel etc to the desired brightness AA0093396 1 To reduce brightness 2 To increase brightness KA o oP a BKO111000EN book 9 Y 200948H26H KEHA F532 Instruments and controls Indicator and warning lamps E00501501760 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16171819 20 21 ness 1 Cruise control indicator lamp P 4 60 13 Charge warning lamp gt P 3 14 l l 2 Turn signal indicator lamps Hazard warning indicator lamps 14 Selector lever position indicator vehicles with A T P 3 10 P 4 21 4 24 3 High beam indicator lamp gt P 3 10 15 SONAR OFF indicator lamp P 4 71 4 Front fog lamp indicator lamp P 3 10 16 Brake warning lamp P 3 11 5 Seat belt warning lamp gt P 2 33 17 Active stability control function OFF indica
76. proper functioning of the vehicle s electrical system Regular inspection and care are especially important in cold weather Checking battery electrolyte level AA0083755 The electrolyte level must be between the specified limit on the outside of the battery Replenish with distilled water as neces sary The inside of the battery is divided into several compartments remove the cap from each compartment and fill to the upper mark Do not top up beyond the upper mark because spillage during driving could cause damage Check the electrolyte level at least once every four weeks depending on the operating conditions If the battery is not used it will discharge by itself with time Check it once every four weeks and charge with low current as necessary e KA As SY 5 2 cis BK0111000EN book 15 X 20094F8H260H AEA F53 257 F During cold weather The capacity of the battery is reduced at low temperatures This is an inevitable result of its chemical and physical properties This is why a very cold battery particularly one that is not fully charged will only deliver a fraction of the starter current which is normally available It is recommended that you have the battery checked by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer before the start of cold weather and if necessary have it charged This does not only ensure reliable starting but a battery which is kept fully charged also
77. repair the CD player by yourself There are no user serviceable parts inside In case of malfunction contact an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer 5 49 4 V ais Y bs a BK0111000EN book 50 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 For pleasant driving Antenna To remove E00710500022 Turn the pole A anticlockwise Roof antenna To install ale __ E00710900084 Screw the pole A clockwise into the base B until it is When listening to the radio raise the antenna up until you hear securely retained it click A Ye AA0080871 AA0080884 NOTE Be sure to remove the roof antenna in the following cases e When going into an automatic car wash e When placing a car cover over the vehicle Before driving into a structure that has a low ceiling fold down the antenna to prevent it from hitting the ceiling 5 50 ad o o bs MZ 5 ii a BK0111000EN book 51 X 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 For pleasant driving Sun visors Vanity mirror E 00711200895 E00731900133 A vanity mirror is fitted to the back of sun visor A eS pma N RL t 1 i 1 N i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i Ba AA0007720 AG0000325 1 To eliminate front glare 2 To eliminate side glare 5 5 51 KZ o AW E BK0111000EN book 52 Y 2009 8H26 P KEH F53 257 For pleasant driving Card
78. run on L P G Liquid Petroleum Gas 9 13 4 SY 5 4 cis BK0111000EN book 14 X 20094F8H26H AEA F53 257 Specifications Refill capacities E 01101303114 AA1006834 Quantity Lubricants 8 2 litres Engine coolant Includes 0 65 litre MITSUBISHI MOTORS Genuine Coolant in the reserve tank Brake fluid As required Brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 Clutch fluid As required Brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 Oil pan 5 5 litres Engine oil Oil filter 0 8 litre Refer to page 8 6 Oil cooler 0 1 litre Automatic transmission fluid 9 7 litres MITSUBISHI MOTORS Genuine ATF SP III Power steering fluid As required ATF DEXRON III or DEXRON II 9 14 e Allis ibaa MZ 2 BK0111000EN book 15 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHROHR3 257 Washer fluid Quantity 4 5 litres o Specifications Lubricants Manual transmission oil 3 4 litres Gear oil API classification GL 3 SAE 75W 85 Transfer oil 2 5 litres Gear oil API classification GL 3 SAE 75W 85 or Gear oil API classification GL 4 SAE 75W 85 Differential oil Front 1 2 litres A T Rear 2 6 litres M T 3 2 litres Gear oil API classification GL 5 or higher SAE 80W Refrigerant air conditioning Without rear cooler 630 670 g With rear cooler 855 895 g HFC 134a MZ ag a BK0111000EN book 16 X 20094F8H2
79. the LOCK How to change a tyre position 00801202549 Before changing a tyre first stop your vehicle in a safe flat location D 1 Park the vehicle on level and stable ground 2 Set the parking brake firmly 3 On vehicles with M T turn the ignition key to the LOCK position move the gearshift lever to the R t Reverse position i On vehicles with A T move the selector lever to the P PARK position turn the ignition key to the LOCK position 4 Turn on the hazard flashers and set up a warning triangle flashing signal lamp etc at an adequate distance from the UNLOCK LOCK vehicle and have all your passengers leave the vehicle AA0085661 N OTE 6 On vehicles with luggage floor box replace the luggage The warning triangle and flashing signal lamp do not floor board come with your vehicle It is recommended that you keep one in the vehicle for use if needed 6 24 4 Y a p 4 AW 4 cis BKOI11000EN book 25 Y 2009478 H260 KEH PRS IES 257 For emergencies 5 To prevent the vehicle from rolling when it is raised on the 6 Get the spare wheel jack jack handle and wheel nut jack place chocks or blocks A at the tyre that is diago wrench ready nally opposite from the tyre B you are changing Refer to Tools jack and jack handle on page 6 10 and Spare wheel To remove on page 6 19 NOTE Put the spare wheel under the vehicle body near the flat
80. the fol lowing The brake booster becomes inoperative and the pedal effort will increase Press down the brake pedal harder than usual Since the power steering system is no longer operative the steering wheel feels heavy when turning it Turn the wheel with more effort than usual Emergency starting E00800502330 If the engine cannot be started because the battery is weak or dead the battery from another vehicle can be used with jumper cables to start the engine A WARNING To start the engine using jumper cables connected from another vehicle perform the correct proce dures according to the instruction below Incorrect procedures could result in a fire or explosion or damage to the vehicles A CAUTION Do not attempt to start the engine by pulling or pushing the vehicle It could damage your vehicle Always wear protective eye goggles when working near the battery Keep the battery out of the reach of children 1 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles aren t touching each other A CAUTION Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt bat tery If the other system isn t 12 volt shorting can dam age both vehicles o J t S N Ds MWY BKO111000EN book 3 Y 200948H26H KREA FR 5324 For emergencies 2 Set the parking brake firmly on each vehicle Put an A T 5 Connect one end of one ju
81. the lock knob A pressed To move the anchor up slide it without pressing the lock knob A Anchor down Anchor up AA0037282 When adjusting the seat belt anchor set it at a posi tion that is sufficiently high so that the belt will make full contact with your shoulder but will not touch your neck WW a BKOIL1000EN book 34 X 20094 8H26AH KEA 4 5I 3 24 Seat and seat belts j Second centre 3 point type seat belt To fasten 0040S 200086 1 Pull the seat belt and insert the latch plate A into the The second centre 3 point type seat belt must be worn cor buckle C tectlyias illustrated 2 Insert the latch plate B into the buckle D AA0098391 AA0093989 3 Pull the belt slightly to adjust slackness as desired 2 34 NY e o a a MP P cis BKOIL1000EN book 35 X 20094 8H26AH KEA FHSS 245 Seat and seat belts Second and third seat belt storage To unfasten Hold the latch plate and push the button on the buckle 100405300449 When the seat belt is not in use store it as shown in the illustra NOTE tion To release the buckle C press the button E with a nar row tipped object AA0081689 AA3007183 p 2 35 4 AA o Zs KERA FAR 5 FB 23 Ip ig ae ee er Seat and seat belts Seat belt plate storage Outboard seating position After passing the belt throug
82. to its ALR child restraint installation mode and lock thus preventing further movement If this happens you should switch the retractor back to its emergency locking retractor ELR mode by taking off the seat belt and fully rewinding it You should then wear the seat belt again Refer to Installing a child restraint system to a 3 point type seat belt with emergency automatic locking mecha nism on page 2 46 2 32 To unfasten Hold the latch plate and push the button on the buckle AA0008293 NOTE As the belt retracts automatically keep the latch plate held while retracting so that the belt stows slowly Failure to do this could damage the vehicle t S N V s BKOLL1000EN book 33 Y 2OO9 8H26H AME FRO HP3 247 F Seat belt warning lamp E00409800556 The seat belt warning lamp blinks on and off for approximately 6 seconds each time the ignition is switched to ON as a reminder to wear your seat belt AA0091914 In order to reduce the risk of serious or fatal injury in an accident always wear your own seat belt Do not allow anyone to ride in your vehicle unless he or she is also seated and wearing a seat belt Children should additionally be restrained in a secure child restraint system Seat and seat belts Adjustable seat belt anchor front seats E00405000459 The seat belt anchor height can be adjusted Move the seat belt anchor down with
83. vehicle o t VA is NZ r a 74 BK0111000EN book 51 Y 20094F8H26H8H KERA F453 24 Seat and seat belts A WARNING A WARNING IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO ALWAYS PROP IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO BE PROPERLY ERLY WEAR YOUR SEAT BELT EVEN WITH SEATED AN AIRBAG A driver or front passenger too close to the steering e Seat belts help keep the driver and passengers wheel or instrument panel during airbag deploy properly positioned which reduces injury risk in ment can be killed or seriously injured all collisions and reduces the risk of serious or Airbags inflate very fast and with great force fatal injuries when the airbags inflate If the driver and front passenger are not properly During sudden braking just before a collision an seated and restrained the airbags may not protect unrestrained or improperly restrained driver or you properly and could cause serious or fatal inju 2 passengers can move forward into direct contact ries when it inflates with or within close proximity to the airbag which e Before driving adjust the driver s seat as far back may then deploy during the collision as possible while still maintaining complete control The initial stage of airbag inflation is the most of the vehicle forceful which could cause serious or fatal injuries e Before driving adjust the front passenger seat as if the occupant contacts it at this stage far back as possible Seat belts reduce the risk of in
84. vehicle with all the wheels on a carriage Type C or D as illustrated o Starting and driving If you cannot shift the transfer shift lever to If you can shift the transfer shift lever to the 2H position the 2H position AA2001328 4 47 t YVA is Sp cis BKO111000EN book 48 Y 20094F8A 26H KERA FIR ORFS 247 7 Starting and driving Jacking up a 4 wheel drive vehicles A WARNING Do not crank the engine while jacking up the vehi cle The tyre on the ground may turn and the vehicle may roll off the jack Clutch operation Quick or slight clutch engagement made while the engine is running at high speed will cause damage to the clutch and transmission because the tractive force is very great Operate the pedal slowly and positively 4 48 Braking 00607001595 All the parts of the brake system are critical to safety Have the vehicle serviced by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer at regular intervals according to the service booklet A CAUTION Avoid driving habits that cause heavy braking and never ride the brakes by resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving It causes brake overheating and fade Brake system The service brake is divided into two brake circuits And your vehicle is equipped with power brakes If one brake circuit fails the other is available to stop the vehicle If your vehicl
85. wear out prema VD turely Before using the wipers in cold weather check that the Cy wiper blades are not frozen onto the glass The motor may 3 burn out if the wipers are used with the blades frozen onto the headlamps 0 G the glass i Avoid using the washer continuously for more than 20 seconds Do not operate the washer when the fluid reser voir is empty Otherwise the motor may burn out Periodically check the level of washer fluid in the reser voir and refill if required During cold weather add a recommended washer solution that will not freeze in the washer reservoir Failure to do so could result in loss of washer function and frost dam age to the system components AA0094380 3 67 ad o Zaps Zips BK0111000EN book 68 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 Instruments and controls Rear window demister switch Type 2 E00507900929 The rear window demister switch can be operated with the ignition switch in the ON position Push the switch to turn on the rear window demister It will be turned off automatically in about 20 minutes To turn off the demister within about 20 minutes push the switch again The indicator lamp A will illuminate while the demister is on gt Type 1 AA0085821 E NOTE The demister switch is not to melt snow but to clear mist Remove snow before use of the demister switch C To avoid unnecessa
86. wheel put on gloves 1 On vehicles with luggage floor box remove the luggage Removing the spare wheel with your bare hands floor board A may cause injury to the fingers The tyre pressure should be periodically checked and maintained at the specified pressure while the tyre is stowed Driving with an insufficient tyre pressure can lead to an accident If you have no choice but to drive with an insufficient tyre pressure keep your speed down and inflate the tyre to the correct pressure as soon as possible Refer to Tyre inflation pressures on page 8 17 When the tread wear indicators appear the tyre must be replaced Refer to Wheel condition on page 8 18 ice AA0082514 6 19 4 4 a BKOLLLOOOEN book 20 Y 20094 8A26H KIA PRS MRS 257 For emergencies 2 Turn the spare tyre cap B to the UNLOCK position 3 Turn the lower cap C with the wheel nut wrench and and remove the spare tyre cap B remove it 5 persons J AA0082530 AA0094771 7 persons z AA0082527 4 6 20 e o t SA lt P d gt BK0111000EN book 21 Y 20094 8H 264 KRE A A F53 2 47 4 Turn the securing bolt D anticlockwise with the wheel nut wrench to lower the spare wheel completely to the ground and to slack the chain AA0094784 o For emergencies 5
87. with any vehicle do not park or operate this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as dry grass or leaves can come in contact with a hot exhaust since a fire could occur Paint should not be applied to the catalytic con verter o Maintenance The catalytic converter itself gets hot quickly and may be dam aged if overheated The following points should be noted in order to prevent the ignition of unburned fuel within the cata lytic converter Do not drive with an extremely low fuel level running out of fuel could cause damage to the catalytic converter Do not switch OFF the ignition switch while driving Do not try to start the engine by pushing the vehicle If the battery is weak or discharged use another battery to start the engine Do not idle the engine for prolonged periods during very rough idle or malfunctioning operating conditions Do not race the engine when turning off the ignition switch This will cause the catalytic converter to be dam aged due to contact with unburnt fuel Stop driving the vehicle if you think the performance is noticeably low or the engine has a malfunction such as with the ignition etc If it is impractical to stop driving immediately reduce the speed and drive for only a short time Have an inspection made by your nearest authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer as soon as possible In unusual situations involving major engine problems a burnt smell may ind
88. without depressing the accelerator pedal and release it when the engine starts Fuel injection amount learning process E00616000031 To keep exhaust emissions and engine noise low the engine very occasionally performs a learning process for the fuel The engine sounds slightly different from usual while the A CAUTION learning process is taking place The change in the engine Do not move the gearshift lever into reverse while sound does not indicate a fault the vehicle is moving forward doing so will damage AA0016436 the transmission Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driv ing as this will cause premature clutch wear or dam age 4 17 i o d BK0111000EN book 18 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOHR3 257 Starting and driving A CAUTION Possible driving speed If the clutch is engaged suddenly while the engine Avoid shifting down at high speed as this may cause excessive revolution is high an extremely large load will be engine speed the tachometer needle into the red zone and applied instantaneously to the power train possibly damage the engine leading to the breakage of that component Please ensure therefore that the clutch pedal is always l Speed limit applied in a slow yet firm manner Shift point Your vehicle has a special feature to protect the 2H 4H 4HLe 4LLc power train from damage the engine is controlled in Ist gear 35 km
89. 00701407 Ist gear ratio 2nd gear ratio 3rd gear ratio Transmission Ath gear ratio 5th gear ratio Reverse gear ratio High gear ratio Transfer 5 Low gear ratio Final gear ratio b Eg ihe MW ae cis BK0111000EN book 11 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHROHR3 257 Electrical system Voltage 6 Specifications E01100801509 12 V Battery type 95D31L 622CCA 159RC Alternator capacity 90 A BKO111000EN book 12 Y 20094 Specifications F8H264H 7k A 4 Fi 5 RS 23 Tyres and wheels 265 65R17 112S E01100902435 9 12 17 x7 1 2J 38 mm VA hs BKOI11000EN book 13 Y 200948H26H KEA PES HFS 24 gt Specifications Other specifications E01101001003 Fuel control Direct injection common rail system Fuel system Fuel pump Electronic controlled rotary type Clutch Dry single disc clutch with diaphragm spring hydraulic action Steering system Rack amp pinion type power assisted Independent type wishbone coil spring Suspension Rigid type three link coil spring Hydraulic diagonal split double circuit system with power assistance anti lock brake Service brakes Ventilated disc brakes Ventilated disc brakes Parking brakes Parking brake acts mechanically on rear wheels NOTE Your vehicle cannot be
90. 00702200365 To introduce air into the vehicle during hot weather set the air selection lever to the gt outside position and set the tem perature control dial to the positions shown in the illustration Be sure to set the temperature control dial all the way to the left Select the desired blower speed AA0093312 1 Set the air selection lever to the e gt outside position 5 2 Set the mode selection dial to the Y position 3 Set the blower to the maximum speed 4 Set the temperature to the maximum temperature position AA0093325 5 Push the air conditioni itch B conditioning switch B NOTE NOTE Turn the mode selection dial clockwise and air will flow To demist effectively direct the air flow from the side to the leg area and the windscreen ventilators towards the door windows Do not set the temperature control dial to the max cool position Cool air will blow against the window glasses and prevent demisting 5 14 VY e o a MP s Hp cis BK0111000EN book 15 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOKFR3 257 For pleasant driving Driving in dusty conditions Front automatic air conditioning 00702300063 E00702400208 When driving on a dirt road adjust the ventilation controls as The front air conditioning can only be used while the engine is follows running 1 Set the air selection lever to the outside position 2 Select the mode sel
91. 00759 The washer fluid will be sprayed onto the windscreen by pull ing the lever towards you The wipers operate automatically several times while the washer fluid is being sprayed AA0086570 A CAUTION If the washer is used in cold weather the washer fluid sprayed against the glass may freeze resulting in poor visibility Heat the glass with the defroster or demister before using the washer o Instruments and controls NOTE It is possible to spray washer fluid without activating the wipers To do so hold the lever in the pulled position and turn the ignition switch to the ON or ACC position It is possible to cause the wipers never to operate when washer fluid is sprayed For further information please contact your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer 3 65 ANZ lt MP _ Hp cis BK0111000EN book 66 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FRESHERS 257 Instruments and controls Rear window wiper and washer NOTE 00507300978 To ensure a clear rearward view the wiper performs sev The rear window wiper and washer switch can be operated eral continuous operations when the reverse gear is with the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position engaged while the switch is in the INT position Turn the knob and the rear window wiper and washer will Following this continuous operation the wiper will auto operate matically switch to intermittent operation I
92. 0094F8H26H KEH FHRSOHR3 257 YVA is 10CR45 MMAL _Cover3 fm 1 Y 2009 4A27H HRH R42 247 Information for station service E09300102132 Capacity 70 litres Fuel Cetane number Fuel requirements 45 or higher Refer to the Fuel selection for details Engine oil Refer to the Maintenance section for the selection of engine oil Tyre inflation pressure Refer to the Maintenance section for the tyre inflation pressure o
93. 069 The current elevation in units of 100 m 400 ft is shown in A The elevation is graphed every 5 minutes and the data for up to 4 hours are shown in B Adjustment of elevation The elevation increases by 100 m 400 ft every time you lightly push the button If you continue pressing the button for about 2 seconds or more the elevation indication is fast forwarded Then the To adjust the elevation setting is changed to the elevation selected It is possible to adjust the currently indicated elevation using Adjustment of elevation the following function buttons The elevation decreases by 100 m 400 ft every time you lightly push the button If you continue pressing the button for about 2 seconds or more the elevation indication is fast forwarded Then the setting is changed to the elevation selected NOTE The elevation is determined from changes in atmospheric pressure Depending on weather conditions the indicated elevation may differ from the actual elevation Variations in atmospheric pressure can cause different elevations to be shown even in the same location This behavior does not indicate a fault Use the indication as a guide only AA0095563 3 26 ad o o bs Zips BK0111000EN book 27 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOKFR3 257 Instruments and controls Resetting the elevation Barometer Press the RESET function button to reset the el
94. 07 Sp cis BKO111000EN book 48 Y 20094F8A 26H KERA FR SHFS 247 For pleasant driving 5 48 In the following circumstances moisture can form on discs and inside the audio system preventing normal operation e When there is high humidity for example when it is raining e When the temperature suddenly rises such as right after the heater is turned on in cold weather In this case wait until the moisture has had time to dry out When the CD player is subjected to violent vibrations such as during off road driving the tracking may not work When storing compact discs always store them in their separate cases Never place compact discs in direct sun light or in any place where the temperature or humidity is high Never touch the flat surface of the disc where there isn t a label This will damage the disc surface and could affect the sound quality When handling a compact disc always hold it by the outer edge and the centre hole To clean a disc use a soft clean dry cloth Wipe directly from the centre hole toward the outer edge Do not wipe in a circle Never use any chemicals such as benzine paint thinner a disc spray cleaner or an anti static agent on the disc TA0000300 Do not use a ball point pen felt pen pencil etc to write on the label surface of the disc AID As cis BKOLLLOOOEN book 49 Y 2009478 A26H KIA F532 For pleasant drivi
95. 1000EN book 42 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 F For pleasant driving Steering wheel remote control switch E00710000489 The remote control switches are located on the left side of the steering wheel These switches can be used when the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position AG0014951 1 Volume up button 2 Volume down button 3 PWR ON OFF Mode change button 4 Seek up Track up Fast forward button 5 Seek down Track down Fast reverse button NOTE Do not push two or more of the steering wheel remote control switches at the same time e e o To turn on the power PWR ON OFF button 3 When the power is off press this button to turn the power on To turn the power off press this button for 2 seconds or longer To adjust the volume Volume up button 1 The volume will increase when this button is pressed Volume down button 2 The volume will decrease when this button is pressed To listen to the audio system Select the desired mode by lightly pressing the mode change button 3 The mode switches between the radio and CD with each push of the button To listen to the radio To select AM FM mode Mode change button 3 Select the desired band by pressing this button The order is AM gt FM gt CD gt AM Automatic radio tuning Seek up button 4 Seek down button 5 After pressing these buttons the reception of the selected sta
96. 1000EN book 53 X 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Seat and seat belts A REARWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT must NOT be used in the front passenger seat as it places an infant too close to the passenger airbag The force of an inflating airbag could kill or cause serious injuries to the child A rearward facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat AAO0017071 2 53 AW E BK0111000EN book 54 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Seat and seat belts Caution for installing the child restraint on vehi IN WARNING cle with front passenger airbag E00408800315 Extreme Hazard The label shown here is attached on vehicles with front passen Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a ger airbag seat protected by an airbag in front of it AA3006287 4 4 Allis g PZ A a BKOI11000EN book 55 X 20094 F8H26AH KEA ARS HR3 245 Seat and seat belts How the supplemental restraint system works E00407301293 The SRS includes the following components 5 AA0093556 5 Side airbag modules 6 Curtain airbag modules 7 Side impact sensors AA0093543 ee ae The airbags will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position 3 Airbag module Driver posunu 4 Airbag control unit 2 55 L NY o do cis BKO111000EN book 56 X 200948H264H KERA
97. 377 KA As a BKOI1L1000EN book 6 X 2O009 8H260H KEA 5324 Overview Luggage area 7 persons E00100401436 Luggage hooks P 5 71 Jack P 6 10 Tools P 6 10 Luggage floor box a P 5 63 Securing bolt of spare wheel P 6 19 L Luggage hooks P 5 71 AA5011380 KA As P d gt BKO111000EN book 7 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 Overview Outside Front 00100503747 Antenna P 5 50 Electric window control Sunroof P 1 19 P 1 15 Windscreen wiper and washer P 3 63 Engine compartment P 9 14 Engine hood P 8 4 Fuel tank filler P 3 AN Outside rear view mirrors P 4 11 Locking and unlocking P 1 6 Keyless entry system P 1 4 Position lamps P 3 57 8 34 8 38 ok rtd wane Side turn signal lamps P 3 60 8 34 8 40 Front turn signal lamps Front fog lamps P 3 60 8 34 8 39 P 3 62 8 34 8 42 Headlamps P 3 57 8 34 8 36 AA5009859 e PR ls P d gt BKO111000EN book 8 Y 20094F8H26H KEHA F532 Overview Outside Rear a E00100503750 High mounted stop lamp P 8 35 8 49 Tail lamps P 3 57 8 35 8 47 Rear window wiper and washer P 3 66 Stop and tail lamps P 3 57 8 35 8 44 Rear view camera P 4 72 Rear turn signal lamps P 3 60 8 35 8 44 Licence plate lamps P 3 57 8 35 8 51 Tyre inflation pressure P 8 17 Changing tyres P 6 24 Tyr
98. 4 74 Catalytic converter 8 3 Cautions on handling of 4 wheel drive vehicles 4 46 Central door locks 1 8 Centre console downlight 5 59 Bulb capacity 8 35 Replacement 8 57 Centre information display 3 16 Changing a fuse 8 32 Child restraint 2 40 Child restraint anchorage points 2 43 Child protection rear doors 1 10 Cigarette lighter 5 54 Cleaning Aluminium wheels 7 8 Exterior of your vehicle 7 4 Genuine leather 7 3 Interior of your vehicle 7 3 Plastic vinyl leather etc 7 3 Polishing 7 6 Sunroof 7 8 Washing 7 4 Waxing 7 6 Clock 3 31 Clutch Fluid 8 12 9 14 Coat hook 5 74 Combination headlamps and dipper switch 3 57 Compliance label 9 4 Convenient hook 5 70 Coolant engine 8 8 9 14 Cruise control 4 59 Cup holder 5 65 Curtain airbag system 2 63 D Demister rear window 3 68 Diesel preheat indicator lamp 3 10 Differential oil 9 15 Digital clock 3 31 Dimensions 9 6 Dipper High Low beam change 3 59 Door courtesy lamps 5 59 Bulb capacity 8 35 Replacement 8 56 Doors Central door locks 1 8 Child protection 1 10 Lock and unlock 1 6 Driving alcohol and drugs 4 3 e AA d WY Oa a BKOLL1OOOEN book 3 Y 20094F8H26H KIRA F53 24 gt Alphabetical index E F Economical driving 4 2 Floor console box 5 62 Electric window control 1 15 Fluid Driver s switches 1 16 Automatic transmission fluid 8 10 9 14 Lock switch 1 17 Brake fluid 8 11 9 14 Passenger s switches 1 16 Clu
99. 429 NOTE Do not stand or sit on the armrest It could break The top surface of the armrest contains a cup holder for second seat occupants Refer to Cup holder on page 5 65 2 11 W g is lt l SY 5 4 cis BK0111000EN book 12 S 20094 8H26H KEH F53 247 Seat and seat belts Third seats 7 persons A WARNING For reasons of safety whenever passengers sit in the A WA RNIN G third seat be sure to raise all the head restraints of When a person sits in the third seats pull up the Hhe sccund seals head restraint to a height at which it locks in posi E00402700341 tion Be sure to make this adjustment before starting to drive Serious injuries could otherwise be suffered in the result of an impact Refer to Head 2 restraints on page 2 13 AH D AA0081432 2 12 H aa ibaa AW E BK0111000EN book 13 Y 2009 8H26 KEH F53 247 To recline the seatback E00402800182 In order to recline the seatback lean forward slightly pull up the seatback lock band and then lean backward to the desired position and release the band The seatback will lock in that position AA0098551 o Seat and seat belts Head restraints E00403301 Driving without the head restraints in place can cause you and your passengers serious injury or death in an accident To reduce the risk of injury in an accident always make sure the
100. 48H26H KEA 45 HES 24 Cruise control E00609100841 Cruise control is an automatic speed control system that keeps a set speed It can be activated at about 40 km h or more A CAUTION When you do not wish to drive at a set speed turn off the cruise control for safety Do not use cruise control when driving conditions will not allow you to stay at the same speed such as in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding icy snow covered wet slippery on a steep downhill slope On vehicles with M T do not move the gearshift lever to the N Neutral position while driving at a set speed without depressing the clutch pedal The engine will run too fast and might be damaged NOTE Cruise control may not be able to keep your speed on uphills or downhills Your speed may decrease on a steep uphill You may use the accelerator pedal if you want to stay at your set speed Your speed may increase to more than the set speed on a steep downhill You have to use the brake to control your speed As a result the set speed driving is deactivated e o Starting and driving Cruise control switches AG0001292 A ON OFF switch Used to turn on and off the cruise control B COAST SET switch Used to reduce the set speed and to set the desired speed C ACC RES switch Used to increase the set speed and to return to the original set speed D CANCEL switch Use
101. 4F8H26H KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls User customization 2 Press the function button lt or to select the item PER E00519600138 you wish to set You can set the indication of unit language and the time nota UNIT Changing the unit ton e LANGUAGE Changing the language In addition you can return these settings to the factory default e 12h lt gt 24h Changing the time format settings e DEFAULT Resetting to factory settings Push the function button SELECT The setting display Selecting the item to set for your selected item will appear 1 Press the ADJ button to select the user customization display AA0095882 AA0095879 3 45 ad o o bs SP PO H Sa Fes 5 Zi BK0111000EN book 46 Y 20094F8H268H KERA RSH 249 Instruments and controls Changing display units Changing the display unit for fuel consumption It is possible to change the display units for the fuel consump 1 Press the lt _ or gt function button to select FUEL tion driving range average speed outside temperature eleva ECONOMY Then press the SELECT function button tion and atmospheric pressure as shown below km L gt L 100km mpg UK GAL LON mpg US GALLON RANGE km gt miles SPEED km h gt mph FUEL ECONOMY O
102. 5691 NOTE Wrap a piece of cloth around the tip of the screwdriver in order to avoid scratching the lens and the body When replacing a bulb keep the interior lamp switch in the OFF position 4 p 4 NW P i en E BK0111000EN book 55 SY 20094F8H26H8H KERA F53 24 Maintenance 2 While holding down the tab A pull out the bulb 3 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse NOTE When installing the lens align the 2 tabs on the lens with the holes on the vehicle side I AA0085717 AA0055705 8 55 o MP PE Hp cis BK0111000EN book 56 Y 20094F8H26H KEH PROKFR3 257 i Maintenance Door courtesy lamps 2 Remove the bulb by pulling out E01005400326 1 Insert a straight blade or minus screwdriver into the lens and pry gently to remove it Cp y AA0085720 AA0083436 NOTE Wrap a piece of cloth around the tip of the screwdriver in order to avoid scratching the lens and the body 8 56 4 AD Gs Zs BKO111000EN book 57 Y 20094F8H2680 KIA FF5324 Maintenance 3 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse Centre console downlight E01008700128 NOTE 1 Insert a straight blad i driver at edge of When installing the lens align the 2 tabs on the lens with enari sap nae pag a eee the holes on the vehicle side
103. 5938 AA0095925 NOTE You can return to the previous display by pressing the BACK function button 3 48 L Y 9 6 SP eas Zs BKO111000EN book 49 Y 20094F8H26H8H KIA FF5324 i Instruments and controls Changing the time notation It is possible set the time notation to 12 hour or 24 hour 12 hour 24 hour 1 Press the or function button to select 12h TIME NOTATION or 24h TIME NOTATION Then press the SET function button The display will flash twice and the display time notation will be updated to the selected one AM a Dm Lt at AA0095954 NOTE You can return to the previous display by pressing the BACK function button AA0095941 3 49 4 K2 AVY an 5 a a BK0111000EN book 50 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 Instruments and controls 2 After setting the time notation press the INFO button to Returning display items to their factory settings return to the information display You can return to the setting of each item to the factory default settings NOTE The factory settings are as follows e Fuel consumption L 100km Driving range km e Average speed km h e Outside temperature C e Elevation m e Atmospheric pressure hPa e Display language English e Time notation 12 hour 1 Push the SELECT function button
104. 6 either lt lt or gt to select the desired bass tone quality TREBLE Treble tone control Press the audio adjust button 6 either lt lt or gt to select the desired treble tone quality FADER Front Rear balance control Press the audio adjust button 6 either I lt or gt gt to balance the volume of sound from the front and the rear speakers BALANCE Left Right balance control Press the audio adjust button 6 either lt lt or gt gt to balance the volume of sound from the left and the right speakers o t SA lt l Is AIA Zs Zs BK0111000EN book 29 Y 20094F8H26H KEH PROKFR3 257 For pleasant driving NOTE Audio adjust mode will be cancelled when radio or CD operation is performed or no adjustment is performed for more than 7 seconds AA2001937 5 29 Mp As WZ L a HGY 4 Zs BKOLL1OOOEN book 30 Y 20094 8A26H KEH PRS RFS 24 For pleasant driving To enter audio tone settings into the memory To change the information display E00733000040 00735100032 It is possible to enter the audio adjustment condition BASS Press the DISP button 4 to change the information display TREBLE FADER BALANCE into the memory The display switches in the following sequence Audio infor 1 Make the desired adjustments in the audio adjust mode mation Average fuel consumption Driving range gt Refer to To adjust
105. 6H KEH FHROHR3 257 YVA is MIP p i a BK0111000EN book 1 Y 2009 8H26H KRH F53 247 4 A Accessory socket 5 55 Accessory Installation 5 Active Stability amp Traction Control ASTC 4 54 Additional equipment 8 27 Air bag 2 50 Air conditioning Front automatic air conditioning 5 15 Front manual air conditioning 5 8 Rear cooler 5 22 Air purifier with deodorizing function 5 24 AM FM electronic tuning radio with CD player 5 25 Antenna 5 50 Anti lock brake system ABS 4 50 Warning lamp 4 51 Armrest 2 11 Ashtray 5 53 Assist grip 5 73 Audio AM FM electronic tuning radio with CD player 5 25 Audio system anti theft feature 5 46 Error codes 5 44 Handling of compact discs 5 47 Steering wheel remote control switch 5 42 Alphabetical index Automatic transmission Fluid 8 10 9 14 INVECS II 4 19 Selector lever operation 4 19 Selector lever position 4 21 Selector lever position indicator 4 21 Sports mode 4 22 Sports mode indicator 4 23 B Battery 8 14 Discharged battery Emergency starting 6 2 Specification 9 11 Bleeding the fuel system 6 7 Bottle holder 5 67 Brake Anti lock brake 4 50 Brake pads 4 50 Braking 4 48 Fluid 8 11 9 14 Parking brake 4 6 Warning lamp 3 11 4 49 Bulb capacity 8 34 ee o o MZ P nay a BK0111000EN book 2 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 4 Alphabetical index Capacities 9 14 Card holder 5 52 Cargo area cover 5 68 Cargo loads
106. 7 There are two corner sensors A at the corners of the rear bumper and two back sensors B in the centre of the rear bumper AA0086437 Obstacle detection areas E00615600232 The detection areas of the corner and back sensors are limited to those shown in the illustration Moreover the sensors are unable to detect low or thin objects or objects near the rear bumper Thus make sure to check the surroundings as you operate the vehicle in a safe manner o Starting and driving Reversing sensor system detection areas Depending on whether the vehicle is equipped with a towbar you can change the reversing sensor system between the stand ard mode and the towbar mode The towbar mode changes the system to exclude the area in which the towbar is mounted from the detection areas Vehicles without a towbar The detection areas are within approximately 50 cm A from the corner sensors 100 cm B from the back sensors and 60 cm C or less from the ground surface excluding the area approximately 10 cm D from the ground surface etol Gh AA0087711 4 67 LP AW F cis BKOI11000EN book 68 Y 2009478 A260 KEH PRS IES 24 Starting and driving j Vehicles with a towbar For information on how to change the detection areas please The detection areas are within approximately 50 cm A from refer to Changing the detection areas on page 4 71 the corner sensors 100 cm
107. 700381 1 Release the tilt lock lever while holding the steering wheel up 2 Adjust the steering wheel to the desired height 3 Securely lock the steering wheel by pulling the tilt lock lever fully upward AA0068073 A Locked B Release o Starting and driving A WARNING After adjusting to the desired height check to be sure that the lever is locked Do not attempt to adjust the steering wheel while you are driving the vehicle When releasing the tilt lock lever move it to the release position and hold the steering wheel by hand to prevent it falling to the lowest position WA as BK0111000EN book 10 Y 2OO948H26H AMEA FRO HP3 247 Starting and driving Inside rear view mirror E00600800438 Adjust the rear view mirror only after making any seat adjust ments so you have a clear view to the rear of the vehicle A WARNING Do not attempt to adjust the rear view mirror while driving This can be dangerous Always adjust the mirror before driving Adjust the rear view mirror to maximize the view through the rear window To adjust the vertical mirror position It is possible to move the mirror up and down to adjust its posi tion AA0022369 4 10 To reduce the glare The lever A at the bottom of the mirror can be used to adjust the mirror to reduce the glare from the headlamps of vehicles behind you during night driving
108. 800118 After driving on snow or icy roads remove any snow and ice which may have be left around the wheels On vehicles that have an ABS be careful not to damage the wheel speed sensors A or the cables located at each wheel Front A AA0084534 4 53 AY o do MP 5 aes cis BK0111000EN book 54 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOHFR3 257 7 e Starting and driving Power steering system E00607400215 When the engine is stopped the power steering system will not function and it will require greater manual effort to operate the steering wheel Keep this in mind in particular when towing the vehicle Never turn off the engine while driving Periodically check the power steering fluid level A CAUTION Do not hold the steering wheel in the fully turned position either left or right for longer than 10 sec onds This can cause damage to the power steering system 4 54 Active Stability amp Traction Control ASTC E 00616700227 The active stability amp traction control ASTC takes overall control of the anti lock brake system traction control function and active stability control function to help maintain the vehi cle s control and traction Please read this section in conjunc tion with the page on the anti lock brake system traction control function and active stability control function Anti lock brake system ABS P 4 50 Active Tracti
109. Altimeter P 3 26 7 Barometer P 3 27 8 Calendar gt P 3 28 9 Clock only P 3 29 10 Blank P 3 29 Y 4 a a eo BK0111000EN book 20 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls Average fuel consumption E00518200166 The average fuel consumption during the period since the last reset is shown in A and the momentary fuel consumption in C The average value of the fuel consumption is graphed every 5 minutes and the data for up to 4 hours are shown in B When you press the MANUAL function button in the auto reset mode the mode will be changed to the manual reset mode When you press the AUTO function button in the manual reset mode the mode will be changed to the auto reset mode Auto reset mode AA3006942 NOTE When you turn the ignition switch to the ON position after turning it from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position in the manual reset mode the auto reset mode will automatically be selected When the average fuel consumption cannot be calculated will be shown The average and momentary fuel consumption change depending on the driving condition road condition driv ing behavior etc The indications may differ from the actual fuel consumption Therefore it is recommended to use the indications as reference The unit indication can
110. Brake warning lamp E00502501956 This lamp illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and goes off after a few seconds Always make sure that the lamp goes off before driving With the ignition switch in the ON position the brake warning lamp illuminates under the following conditions When the parking brake has been applied 3 When the brake fluid level in the reservoir falls to a low level When the brake force distribution function is not operating correctly V MZ 3 3 2 BK0111000EN book 12 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHROHR3 257 Instruments and controls A CAUTION In the situations listed below brake A CAUTION The vehicle should be brought to a halt performance may be compromised or the vehicle may become unstable if brakes are applied suddenly conse quently avoid driving at high speeds or applying the brakes suddenly Fur thermore immediately the vehicle should be brought to a stop in a safe location and your nearest authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer should be contacted e The brake warning lamp does not illuminate when the parking brake is applied or does not turn off when the parking brake is released e The ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp illuminate at the same time For details refer to ABS warning lamp on page 4 51 e The brake warning lamp remains illuminated during driving in the following manner when brake perform
111. DJ button to select the barometer adjustment display Press the or function button to select the BAROMETER DEFAULT display Then press the SELECT function button AM m AA0096065 AA0096078 3 55 AWB a BK0111000EN book 56 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls 2 Press the SET function button The display will flash twice and the barometer indication will return to the fac tory setting 3 After setting the barometer default press the INFO but ton to return to the information display AA0096094 AA0096081 Care of the monitor NOTE E00519700012 Although the barometer value is changed to the factory If the monitor becomes covered in fingerprints or otherwise setting a barometer unit you have selected is unchanged dirty clean it with a soft and dry cloth You can return to the previous display by pressing the NOTE FACS dunceon Dulton Don t use a wet cloth or abrasive cleaner as this may cause damage 3 56 ad o o bs IZ i a BKO111000EN book 57 Y 20094F8H2680 KA FF5324 Instruments and controls i Combination headlamps and dipper switch NOTE koosdeadiese Do not leave the headlamps and other lamps on for a long time while the engine is stationary not running A run down battery coul
112. Do not jump on or impact the seatbacks heavily To raise the seatback sit on the seat and put a hand on the seatback and raise slowly Never have a child do this operation or an unexpected accident may result AA0098346 2 27 p 4 AVY 5 bore 4 a BK0111000EN book 28 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 Seat and seat belts 2 Slide the second seats fully backward 3 Slide the front seats fully forward then tip their seatbacks Refer to To adjust forward or backward on page 2 10 backward Refer to To adjust forward or backward on page 2 6 and To recline the seatback on page 2 7 AA0098359 AA0098362 2 28 KA o ps Zips BK0111000EN book 29 Y 20094F8H26H KEH PROKFR3 257 4 Recline the second seatbacks backward Refer to To recline the seatback on page 2 10 AA0098375 o Seat and seat belts 5 Store the front head restraints between the front seats The flat seat configuration is now complete Reverse the above procedures when returning the seat to the normal position AA0098388 2 29 Zi cis BKO111000EN book 30 X 200948H26H KEA PRES HFS 24 gt Seat and seat belts en uae PREZ To protect you and your passengers in the event of an accident Always place the shoulder belt over your shoulder it is most important that th
113. ET To set the brightness Press function button SET to set the new brightness The display will flash twice 3 34 KZ AVY an a a BK0111000EN book 35 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOKFR3 257 Instruments and controls Correcting the compass NOTE a 00519400165 This system uses the earth s magnetic field and so may This compass shows the direction of the vehicle by the 8 azi not show the correct direction depending on the traffic muth system condition or in the following places where the earth s magnetic field is disrupted e Car parks located in buildings and tunnels e Expressways and underground cables e Area over the subway Transforming station e Areas along the railroad f In these cases the correct direction will be displayed once T the vehicle returns to a place where the earth s magnetic Aa field is stable yN Do not install ski racks antennas etc which are attached 3 to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the oper ation of the compass eeeeneneea as AA0095707 3 35 KA MP a Hp cis BK0111000EN book 36 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 F e Instruments and controls Setting the declination The declination is the difference between true north the direc tion of the geographic north pole and where a compass needle points to Since the declination varies from place to place it needs to be set for each regi
114. I MOTORS dealer concerning any such fitment or modification If the wires interfere with the vehicle body or improper installation methods are used protective fuses not included etc electronic devices may be adversely affected resulting in a fire or other acci dent e o t AA d KY a z E BKO111000EN book 7 Y 20094F8H26H KEHA F532 Genuine parts E00200500529 Don t play around with substitutes MITSUBISHI MOTORS has gone to great lengths to bring you a superbly crafted vehicle offering the highest quality and dependability Don t reduce that quality and dependability by using substitute parts Always use MITSUBISHI MOTORS Genuine Parts designed and manufactured to maintain your MITSUBISHI vehicle at top performance The operation of vehicle components can be less efficient in case of using Non Genuine Parts Failure to use Genuine Parts may invalidate any future war ranty claim MITSUBISHI MOTORS will not be liable for any malfunction of your vehicle that may have been caused by the use of substitute parts in place of MITSUBISHI MOTORS Genuine Parts At the MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer you can also get appro priate advice and the assembling of Genuine Parts will be han dled professionally MITSUBISHI MOTORS Genuine Parts are identified by this mark and are available at all authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealers MITSUBISHI MOTORS GENUINE PARTS o General information
115. I MOTORS dealer as soon as possible 00300301916 To obtain a key take your vehicle and all remaining keys Press the remote control switch and all the doors and the tail to your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer gate will be locked or unlocked as desired If you need an extra spare key take your vehicle and all the keys to your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer All the keys have to be re registered in the immo 1 biliser computer unit The immobiliser allows up to 8 dif ferent ID codes to be registered you can register a maximum of 8 keys for use A CAUTION Don t make any alterations or additions to the immobiliser system alterations or additions could cause failure of the immobiliser AFO0010048 1 LOCK switch 2 UNLOCK switch 3 Indicator lamp To lock Press the LOCK switch 1 All the doors and the tailgate will be locked When they are locked with the room lamp switch at the position the room lamp and the turn signal lamps blink once o o P d 4 BK0111000EN book 5 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 To unlock Press the UNLOCK switch 2 All the doors and the tailgate will be unlocked When unlocked with the room lamp switch at the position the room lamp will be turned on for approxi mately 15 seconds and the turn signal lamps will blink twice NOTE The indicator lamp 3 comes on each time a switch is pressed If the UNLOCK switch 2 is pressed and a
116. KA PR SRES 24 gt Maintenance Inside Rear 2 E01003401202 AA0083175 7 High mounted stop lamp 16 W W16W 8 Tail and stop lamps 21 5 W P21 SW AA0083205 9 Rear turn signal lamps 21 W P21W 1 Door courtesy lamps 3 4 W 10 Tail lamps 5 W W5W 2 Front room lamp and personal lamps 7 5 W 11 Licence plate lamps 5 W W5W 3 Centre console downlight 1 4 W 12 Reversing lamp 21 W P21W 4 Glove box lamp 1 4 W 5 Rear room lamp 8 W Codes in parentheses indicate bulb types 6 Luggage compartment lamp 8 W 8 35 AY o do NZ cl F S BK0111000EN book 36 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Maintenance Headlamps E01003501 1 Remove the bulb and connector assembly A by turning it anticlockwise High beam Z AA0083218 Low beam KA As MZ 4 a BK0111000EN book 37 X 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 2 Depress the tab B on the harness connector and pull the harness connector C to remove it High beam Low beam AA0086756 o Maintenance A CAUTION Handle halogen lamp bulb with care The gas inside halogen lamp bulb is highly pressurized so drop ping knocking or scratching a halogen lamp bulb can cause it to shatter Never hold the halogen lamp bulb with a bare hand dirty glove etc The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to br
117. MOTORS INFORMATION SHOWN ABOVE AA0095198 AA0094537 LP o MIP e a BKO111000EN book 5 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 Specifications The compliance label certifies that your vehicle complies with Engine number Australian Design Rules at the time of manufacture The engine number is stamped on the engine cylinder block as shown in the illustration APPROVAL NO CATEGORY ate TSUBISH MOTORS AUST LTD GVM SEATS VI THIS VEHICLE WAS MANUFACTURED TO COMPLY WITH THE MOTOR VEHICLE STANDARDS ACT 1989 AA0094540 AA0094742 9 5 LP o KY 7 cis BK0111000EN book 6 Y 2009 F8H26H KIRA 445324 Specifications i Vehicle dimensions E01100201226 LLN HONN fo AA1006209 Front track 1 520 mm Overall width 1 815 mm Front overhang 795 mm Wheel base 2 800 mm Rear overhang 1 100 mm Overall length 4 695 mm Ground clearance unladen 215 mm Overall height unladen 1 840 mm Oo CO NT Alal AJS IN e Rear track 1 515 mm BK0111000EN book 7 Y 20094 FSH26H KER PROS 247 Minimum turning radius Body 5 9m Wheel 5 6m Maximum speed o Specifications Vehicle performance E01100301878 M T 179 km h A T 175 km h 9 9 7 VA hs BKOI11000EN book 8 X 20094F8H 26H KEA PR SHFS 257 Spe
118. OTE AA0095534 The average speed can be reset separately for the auto reset mode and for the manual reset mode When you turn the ignition switch to the ON position about 4 hours or more after turning it from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position in the auto reset mode the average speed indication will automati cally be reset 3 24 KA MP a Hp cis BK0111000EN book 25 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOKFR3 257 Resetting the outside temperature Press the RESET function button to reset the graph of the outside temperature AA0095547 NOTE Depending on factors such as the driving conditions the displayed temperature may vary from the actual outside temperature It is possible to set the display unit to C or F Refer to User customization on page 3 45 Instruments and Frozen road warning This shows the temperature outside the vehicle o controls When the outside air temperature drops below about 3 C 37 F the alarm sounds and the outside air temperature warn ing symbol A flashes for about 10 seconds AA0095550 A CAUTION There is a danger the road might be icy even this symbol is not flashing so please take care driving when when 3 25 LP a BK0111000EN book 26 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls Altimeter go E00518600
119. OTORS dealer Do not e The SRS Warme lamp does not illuminate when permit anyone else to do service inspection mainte you start the vehicle nance or repair on any SRS components or wiring The SRS warning lamp does not go out after sev similarly no part of the SRS should ever be handled 2 eral seconds d 3 A or disposed of by anyone except an authorized MIT e The SRS warning lamp illuminates while driving SUBISHI MOTORS dealer Improper work on the SRS components or wiring could result in inadvertent deployment of the air bags or could render the SRS inoperative either situation could result in serious injury Do not modify your steering wheel seat belt retrac tor or any other SRS components For example replacement of the steering wheel or modifications to the front bumper or body structure for example fitment of a frontal protection bar including roo bars and bull bars except approved MITSUBISHI MOTORS accessory parts can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury If your vehicle has received any damage you should have the SRS inspected by an authorized MITSUBI SHI MOTORS dealer to ensure it is in proper work ing order 2 69 4 40 cis BKO111000EN book 70 X 20094F8H26H KEA PRS HFS 25 gt Seat and seat belts A WARNING On vehicles with the side airbags do not modify your front seats centre pillar and centre console It can adversely affect SRS performance
120. RS dealer o Seat and seat belts SRS warning lamp E00405900315 This warning lamp is shared by the SRS airbags and the pre tensioner seat belts Refer to SRS warning lamp on page 2 68 Force limiter system E00406000153 In the event of a collision each force limiter system will effec tively absorb the load applied to the seat belt to minimize the impact to the passenger 2 2 39 p t S N V s BK0111000EN book 40 Y 2O0O09 8H26H KEH F532 Seat and seat belts j Child restraint Caution for installing the child restraint on vehi l coowooaoissi Cle with front passenger airbag When transporting children in your vehicle an approved child The label shown here is attached on vehicles with front passen restraint system should be used for each child it is recom ger airbag mended A WARNING When possible put children in the rear seat Acci dent statistics indicate that children of all sizes and 2 ages are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat rather than in the front seat Holding a child in your arms is no substitute for a restraint system Failure to use a proper restraint system can result in severe or fatal injury to your child Each child restraint device or fixing is to be used only by one child AA3006287 A WARNING Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an airbag in front of it
121. S FOR DAY TIME The display brightness is adjusted when the light switch is in the OFF position BRIGHTNESS FOR NIGHT TIME The display brightness is adjusted when the light switch is in the O or 00 position 1 Press the ADJ button to show the brightness adjusting display AA0095677 AA0095664 W 3 33 L Yy p 4 MZ 5 4 a BK0111000EN book 34 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 Instruments and controls 3 Use the function buttons to adjust the brightness NOTE If you next wish to adjust the other adjustment setting daytime or nighttime press the ADJ button or BACK function button 4 After adjustment press the INFO button to select the information display AA0095680 To make the display brighter The display becomes brighter by one step every time you lightly press the function button If you con tinue pressing the button for about 2 seconds or more the indication is fast forwarded AA0095693 To make the display darker The display becomes darker by one step every time you NOTE lightly press the function button If you continue od As the display brightness can be adjusted in the center pressing the button for about 2 seconds or more the information display only the brightness inside the meter indication is fast forwarded cannot be changed S
122. STC if the vehicle is towed with the ignition switch in the ON position and only the front wheels or only the rear wheels raised off the ground the ASTC may operate resulting in an accident MY 7 BK0111000EN book 31 Y 200948H26H KEH F53 247 For emergencies Towing with rear wheels off the ground Type C A CAUTION Place the gearshift lever in the N Neutral position M T or If you tow the vehicles with A T with the driving the selector lever in the N NEUTRAL position A T Turn wheels on the ground Type B as illustrated make the ignition key to the ACC position and secure the steering sure that the towing speed and distance given below wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or tie down BES ener exceeded causing damage to the transmis strap Never place the ignition switch in the LOCK position sion when towing Towing speed 50 km h Emergency towing Towing distance 50 km If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle be t ily towed b d to the towi For the towing speed and the towing distance follow ea Se er pear eye a Byer arene eae pe the local driving laws and regulations If your vehicle is to be towed by another vehicle or if your vehicle tows another vehicle pay careful attention to the fol Towing with front wheels off the ground Type B lowing points Place the gearshift lever in the N Neutral position M T or t
123. UT SIDE TEM PERATURE 3 ELEVATION m gt ft C gt F BAROMETER hPa gt mb gt kPa gt inHg AA0095895 4 p 4 IZ V IN BK0111000EN book 47 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls 2 Press the or function button to select km L 3 After setting press the INFO button to return to the Then press the SET function button The display will information display flash twice and the display unit will be updated to the selected one 3 AA0095912 AA0095909 NOTE You can return to the previous display by pressing the BACK function button 3 47 ad o o bs IZ a a BKO111000EN book 48 Y 20094F8H268H KERA FF5324 Instruments and controls Changing the language 2 After setting the language press the INFO button to It is possible to set the display language of the centre informa return to the information display tion display to English Spanish French German Portuguese or Italian To change the display language to English 1 Press the or gt function button to select ENG LISH Then press the SET function button The dis play will flash twice and then the setting is completed to the language selected AA009
124. When rotating tyres check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tyre pressure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheel or severe braking Consult your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer to determine the cause of irregular tread wear o Maintenance Spare tyre used Ss SBS S Front lt 9 Pa O C C RA p aA Spare tyre not used Ss ESS As mo DLO lt gt C S Tyres that have arrows showing rotation direction e AAMO006322 8 t ANZ is MZ 4 BK0111000EN book 20 Y 2009 8H26H KEH F532 Maintenance A CAUTION If the tyres have arrows A indicating the correct direction of rotation swap the front and rear wheels on the left hand side of the vehicle and the front and rear wheels on the right hand side of the vehicle sep arately Keep each tyre on its original side of the vehicle When fitting the tyres make sure the arrows point in the direction in which the wheels will turn when the vehicle moves forward Any tyre whose arrow points in the wrong direction will not perform to its full potential AA0002552 4 8 20 A CAUTION Avoid the combined use of different types of tyres Using different types of tyres can affect vehicle per formance and safety Snow tyres E01002000549 The use of snow tyres is recommended for driving on snow and ice To preserve driving stability mount sn
125. aa Zs BKOLL1OOOEN book 11 Y 20094 8A26H KIA PRS NFS 257 For pleasant driving Operating the air conditioning system Cooling E00701800407 E00701900639 Heating Set the mode selection dial to the s position and set the air selection lever to the e gt outside position Turn the temperature control dial clockwise or anticlockwise to the desired temperature Select the desired blower speed AA0093282 ce mp 09 Set the mode selection dial to the 7 position Set the air selection lever to the gt outside position Push the air conditioning switch B 5 Change the temperature by turning the control dial clock AA0093279 wise or anticlockwise 5 Select the desired blower speed A UN Re NOTE For maximum heat set the blower speed at the 3rd posi tion 5 11 4 ZB is g MZ 4 a BK0111000EN book 12 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOKFR3 257 For pleasant driving Combination of unheated air and heated air A CAUTION f ee If the outside air is dusty or otherwise contaminated Select the mode selection dial to the position shown in the or if high cooling performance is desired set air illustration and set the air selection lever to the e gt outside selection lever to the lt gt recirculation position position i The air flow will be directed to the leg area and the upper part and the temp
126. activate the rear differential lock for extra traction AA0094263 e KA As Zils BK0111000EN book 35 Y 20094F8H26H KEH PHROHFR3 257 F Operating the rear differential lock 1 Move the transfer shift lever to 4LLc or 4HLc posi tion 2 To activate the rear differential lock press the rear differ ential lock switch 1 3 To deactivate the rear differential lock press the rear dif ferential lock switch 2 AA0094276 A CAUTION Operate the rear differential lock switch after the wheels are stopped Operating the switch with the wheels turning may cause the vehicle to dart in unexpected directions o Starting and driving NOTE The rear differential lock does not operate when the trans fer shift lever is in 4H or 2H position When the rear differential is locked with the transfer shift lever in 4LLc or 4HLc position changing the shift lever to 4H or 2H position makes the rear differential unlock automatically 4 35 AA Zs Zils BK0111000EN book 36 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOKFR3 257 Starting and driving The rear differential lock indicator lamp The operation state of rear Rear differential lock differential lock indicator lamp E00606300259 When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the rear differential lock indicator lamp A in the mete
127. ades Set the transfer shift lever to 4LLc position to maximize the engine torque A WARNING Go straight up Do not try to traverse across a steep slope If you begin to lose traction ease off the accelerator pedal and gently turn the steering wheel alterna tively left and right to regain adequate traction again NOTE Choose as smooth a slope as possible with few stones or other obstacles Before attempting to drive up the slope walk up it to con firm that the vehicle can handle the grade 4 43 t S N V s BK0111000EN book 44 20094 8H 264 7 e KERA PR RS 2 57 Starting and driving Descending sharp grades Set the transfer shift lever to 4LLc position use the engine brake downshifting and descend slowly A WARNING Avoid snaking down a sharp grade Descend the grade as straight as possible NOTE When descending a sharp grade if the brakes are applied suddenly because of an obstacle encountered control of the vehicle could be lost Before descending the slope walk down it and confirm the path Before descending a grade it is necessary to choose the appropriate gear Avoid changing gears or depressing the clutch while descending the grade MITSUBISHI MOTORS is not responsible to the opera tor for any damage or injury caused or liability incurred by the improper and negligent operation of a vehicle All techniques of vehicle ope
128. allation hole that is to be used Move the opposite slider in the same fashion AA0082989 2 After changing the position gently shake the entire cover 5 to make sure it is securely retained NOTE If the second seatback touches the cover move the cover rearward The cover could break if it supports the seatback of the second seat 5 69 LP o MZ 5 4 a BK0111000EN book 70 X 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 For pleasant driving To remove Convenient hook 1 Roll the cover into the retracted position 2 Move one of the sliders C toward the inside of the vehi cle and lift it to remove the cover 00732900068 Light items of luggage can be hung from the hook ae or T AA0083003 AA0082992 NOTE To refit Do not hang heavy luggage more than about 4 kg on the hook Refit the cover by performing the removal steps in reverse Gently shake the entire cover after fitting it to make sure it is securely retained Doing so could cause damage to the hook 5 70 NY o NZ p E BK0111000EN book 71 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For pleasant driving Luggage hooks E00715700452 There are hooks on the floor the third seatback and the side of the luggage compartment Use the hooks on the floor for securing the luggage A CAUTION Do not pile up the luggage beyond the sea
129. ance has deteriorated Depress the brake pedal harder than usual Even if the brake pedal moves down to the very end of its possible stroke keep it pressed down hard e Should the brakes fail use engine braking to reduce your speed and carefully pull the parking brake lever Depress the brake pedal to operate the stop lamp to alert the vehicles behind you S N YV s MZ 3 4 BK0111000EN book 13 Y 2009 8H26 P KEH F53 257 L Check engine warning lamp E00502601410 This lamp is a part of an onboard diagnostic sys tem which monitors the emissions engine and automatic transmission control systems If a problem is detected in one of these systems this lamp illuminates Although your vehicle will usually be drivable and not need towing have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer This lamp will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON and goes off after the engine has started If it does not go off after the engine has started take the vehicle to an author ized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer A CAUTION Prolonged driving with this lamp on may cause further damage to the emis sion control system It could also affect fuel economy and drivability If the lamp does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position have the system checked at an authorized MITSUBI SHI MOTORS
130. and lead to possible injury Also if you have found any tear or open seam in the seat fabric at the portion near the side airbag have the seat inspected at an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer 2 On vehicles with the curtain airbags if you have found any scratch crack or damage to the portion of the front and rear pillars and roof side rail you should have the SRS inspected by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer NOTE When you transfer ownership of the vehicle to some other person we urge you to alert the new owner that it is equipped with the SRS and refer that owner to the applica ble section in this owner s manual If your vehicle has to be scrapped do this in line with local legislation and contact an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer to safely dismantle the airbag system i a 9 6 Y bs BK0111000EN book 1 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 Instruments and controls Instruments aa eae rte eee ere eee ree J 2 Indicator and warning lamps 3 9 Indicatorlampsw ne rere cere 3 10 Wammeilamps eea cceoccyctasneoascounns eons 3 11 Centre information display 3 16 Combination headlamps and dipper switch 3 57 Turn Lane change signals 3 60 Hazard warning flasher switch 3 61 Front fog lamp switch 3 62 Wiper and washer switch 3 63 Rear window demister switch
131. ant driving Bottle holder For the front seat 00718200184 The bottle holders are provided at both sides A CAUTION Do not drink beverages while driving the vehicle doing so could distract you and result in an accident Beverages can spill owing to vibration or other movement during vehicle operation Be careful not to get scalded by a hot beverage if it spills NOTE gt Make sure the cap of any plastic bottle to be placed in a bottle holder is tightly closed The bottle holders may not accommodate bottles of cer Cc tain shapes and sizes AA0083188 5 67 AWB SP Pa i i Ea x Zins BKOLL1OOOEN book 68 Y 20094 8A26H KEH PRS RFS 24 For pleasant driving For the second seat Cargo area cover 5 persons The bottle holders are provided at both sides 00733600046 To use SSS SS ss 1 Draw out the cover retracted by spring and insert it in the mounting grooves A o CO AA0083191 AA3005916 2 Remove the cover from the mounting grooves and the cover will be rolled back into the retracted position NOTE Do not put luggage on the cover i 5 68 4 AW is Zips BK0111000EN book 69 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOKFR3 257 For pleasant driving To change position 1 Move one of the sliders C toward the inside of the vehi There are two installation holes B for the cover cle and fit the tab D into the inst
132. anufacturers When replacement of any of the tyres is necessary replace all of them A CAUTION Always use tyres of the same size same type and same brand and which have no wear differences Using tyres of different size type brands or degree of wear will increase the differential oil tempera ture resulting in possible damage to the driving sys tem Further the drive train will be subjected to excessive loading possibly leading to oil leakage component seizure or other serious faults e o NY e MZ 5 4 a BK0111000EN book 19 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOKFR3 257 F Replacing tyres and wheels E01007200230 A CAUTION Avoid using different size tyres from the one listed and the combined use of different types of tyres as this can affect driving safety Refer to Tyres and wheels on page 9 12 Even if a wheel has the same rim size and offset as the specified type of wheel its shape may prevent it from being fitted correctly Consult an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer before using wheels that you have Tyre rotation E01001901261 Tyre wear varies with vehicle conditions road surface condi tions and individual driver s driving habits To equalize the wear and help extend tyre life it is recommended to rotate the tyres immediately after discovery of abnormal wear or when ever the wear difference between the front and rear tyres is rec ognizable
133. artment It could cause steam or hot water to spurt out causing burns Hot water could spurt out even when there is no steam coming out and some parts will be very hot Be very careful when opening the bonnet Be careful of hot steam which could be blowing off the reserve tank cap Do not attempt to remove the radiator cap while the engine is hot o For emergencies 3 Confirm that the cooling fans A are turning If the fans are not turning stop the engine immediately and contact an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer for assist ance BKO111000EN book 6 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 For emergencies 4 After the engine coolant temperature has dropped to the 5 Check the coolant level in the reserve tank B normal temperature stop the engine AA0086062 AA0099024 A WARNING If there is no coolant in the reserve tank make sure that the engine has cooled down before removing the radiator cap C because hot steam or boiling water 6 otherwise will gush from the filler port and may scald you 6 6 4 4 Zils BKO111000EN book 7 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 F 6 Add coolant to the radiator and or reserve tank if neces sary refer to the Maintenance section A CAUTION Do not add coolant while the engine is hot Suddenly N adding cold coolant could damage the engine Wait for the engine to cool
134. authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer VA Sp p i BKO111000EN book 27 Y 20094F8A 26H KERA FR SHFS 277 7 For cold and snowy weather E01002800459 Ventilation slots The ventilation slots in front of the windscreen should be kept clean of leaves or brushed clear after heavy snowfall so that the operation of the heating and ventilation systems will not be impaired Weatherstripping To prevent freezing of the weatherstripping on the doors engine hood etc they should be treated with silicone grease or spray Additional equipment It is a good idea to carry a shovel or a short handled spade in the vehicle during the winter so that you can clear away snow if you get stranded A small hand brush for sweeping snow off the vehicle and a plastic scraper for the windscreen and rear window are also useful o Maintenance Fusible links E01002900274 The fusible links will melt to prevent a fire if a large current attempts to flow through certain electrical systems In case of a melted fusible link see your authorized MITSUBI SHI MOTORS dealer for inspection and replacement For the fusible links please refer to Passenger compartment fuse location table on page 8 28 and Engine compartment fuse location table on page 8 30 A WARNING Fusible links must not be replaced by any other device Failing to fit the correct fusible link may result in fire in the vehicle property destruction an
135. ays use tyres of the same size same type and same brand and which have no wear differences Using the tyres of differ in size type brand or the degree of wear will cause excessive loading resulting in possible damage to the drive system AA d MP a 24g cis BK0111000EN book 47 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHROHFR3 257 7 Towing If towing is necessary we recommend you to have it done by your MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer or a commercial tow truck service In the following cases transport the vehicle using a tow truck The engine runs but the vehicle does not move or abnor mal noise is produced Inspection of the vehicle s underside reveals that oil or some other fluid is leaking Only when you cannot receive a towing service from a MIT SUBISHI MOTORS dealer or commercial tow truck service tow your vehicle carefully in accordance with the instructions given in Towing on page 6 29 A CAUTION Be sure to shift the transfer shift lever to the 2H position Never try to tow with the transfer shift lever in the 4H 4HLc or 4LLc positions and with any of the wheels on the ground Type A or B This could result in damage to the vehicle s driving system or the vehicle could become separated from the tow truck and unexpected accident might result If you cannot shift the transfer shift lever to 2H position or the transmission is malfunctioning or damaged transport the
136. back sensors may fail and prevent the system from functioning properly Have the vehicle inspected at an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer The sensors do not detect objects located in the area directly below or near the bumper If the height of an object is lower than the mounted position of the corner or back sensors the sensors may not continue detecting it even if they detected it initially 4 4 68 ZIN P d gt BK0111000EN book 69 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 NOTE The buzzer may sound lower than the normal warning sound when the reversing sensor system is receiving ultra sonic noise from other sources but this is not a malfunc tion The buzzer will stop sounding and the system will return to normal operation after the noise is no longer received To operate E00615700392 To operate the system move the gearshift lever to the R Reverse position with M T or the selector lever to the R REVERSE position with A T while the ignition switch is in the ON position To stop the operation push the SONAR switch z ees AA0086424 e o Starting and driving The SONAR OFF indicator lamp will illuminate to indicate that the system has stopped operating It will flash in case there is a malfunction in the system For details refer to SONAR OFF indicator lamp on page 4 71 AA0086440 To return the system t
137. book 17 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls AA1006977 1 Digital clock P 3 31 9 Display for function buttons Indicates the time This display shows the options available for each function 2 Electronic compass button This display shows the direction of the vehicle 3 Frozen road warning P 3 25 Gives an indication when the outside temperature is 3 C or lower 4 Outside temperature P 3 24 5 Centre information display indications Indicates details of each display 6 INFO button Used to select various kinds of information for display 7 Function buttons Press this button to select options shown in the display 8 ADJ button Used for adjusting the clock and for selecting settings dis plays ad o o bs a BK0111000EN book 18 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls Changing the information display E00517900111 Every time the INFO button is pressed lightly the display can be changed to the following AA0095488 3 18 ad o o bs Zips BK0111000EN book 19 Y 20094F8H26H KEH PHRSOKFR3 257 Instruments and controls AAM006843 l Audio information gt P 5 25 2 Average fuel consumption P 3 20 3 Driving range P 3 21 4 Average speed P 3 23 5 Outside temperature P 3 24 6
138. bulb by turning it anticlockwise while press High mounted stop lamp ing it 01004500522 1 Open the tailgate Refer to Tailgate on page 1 11 3 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse 2 Insert a straight blade or minus screwdriver at the edge of the cover and pry gently to remove the cover AA0093963 AA0083393 NOTE Wrap a piece of cloth around the tip of the screwdriver in order to avoid scratching the lens and the body 8 49 4 LB KZ j a BK0111000EN book 50 Y 20094F8H26H8H KERA F53 24 gt i Maintenance NOTE 3 Remove the socket and bulb assembly together by turning There are 8 tabs A that keep the cover in place it anticlockwise Take care not to apply undue force and break the tabs 4 Then remove the bulb by pulling it out AA0083407 AA0087809 5 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse ZB 8 50 4 e de SP ues ie Zs BKO111000EN book 51 Y 20094F8H26H0 KA FF5324 Maintenance Licence plate lamps 2 Remove the socket and bulb assembly together by turning E01004600914 it anticlockwise 1 Insert a straight blade or minus screwdriver into the lamp assembly and pry gently to remove it Left side Right side war AA0088893 AA0083423 NOTE Wrap a piece of cloth around the tip o
139. but SET To reset the minutes to zero tons The time is adjusted as described below by pressing the function button SET 10 30 11 29 e e change tol1 00 11 30 12 29 e e e change to12 00 In this occasion the display flashes twice and then the setting is changed 3 After making the adjustment press the INFO button to select the information display AA0095648 H Adjust hour The indication increases by one hour every time you lightly press the H function button If you continue pressing the button for about 2 seconds or more the indication is fast forwarded and then the setting is changed to the hour selected M Adjust minute The indication increases by one minute every time you lightly press the M function button If you continue pressing the button for about 2 seconds or more the indication is fast forwarded and then the setting is changed to the minute selected AA0095651 3 32 ad o o bs a BKO111000EN book 33 Y 20094F8H26H8H KIA FF5324 i Instruments and controls Adjusting the display brightness 2 Press the or function button to select the setting f E00519300034 you wish to adjust daytime or nighttime Then press the The display brightness can be adjusted at 13 levels for both SELECT function button daytime and nighttime BRIGHTNES
140. button 12 SCAN will appear on the dis play and the CD player will play back the first 10 seconds of each track on the selected disc The track number will blink while the scan mode is selected To exit the scan mode press the SCAN button again NOTE Once all tracks on the disc have been scanned playback of the disc will restart from the beginning of the track that was playing when scanning started The scan mode will be cancelled when radio or CD opera tion is selected With a disc that contains both CD DA and MP3 files the scan mode causes only files of the same format CD DA only or MP3 files only to be played To eject a disc When the CD eject button 1 is pressed the disc automatically stops and is ejected The system automatically switches to radio mode e o t AVA Gs Zips BK0111000EN book 39 X 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOKFR3 257 E e CD text and MP3 title display E00725000546 This CD player can display CD text and MP3 titles including ID3 tag information CD text The CD player can display disc and track titles for discs encoded with disc and track title information Press the TEXT button 5 repeatedly to make selections in the following sequence disc name track name normal display mode o For pleasant driving MP3 title The CD player can display folder and file titles for discs encoded with folder and file information Press th
141. cals and other corrosive materials might collect If salt and other chemicals are used on the roads in your area or you live within 20 km of the sea clean the engine compart ment at least every three months Never spray or splash water on the electrical components in the engine compartment as this may cause damage Do not bring the nearby parts the plastic parts and so on into contact with sulphuric acid battery electrolyte which may crack stain or discolour them If they are in contact wipe off with soft cloth chamois or the like and an aqueous solution of neutral detergent then immedi ately rinse the affected parts with plenty of water ZB MZ ag a BK0111000EN book 10 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOHR3 257 YVA is BK0111000EN book 1 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 4 Maintenance SEMI CEPECA On See a ear ee ee ae ee 8 2 GCatalyticiconvertersrere ere E 8 3 Engine Wl es ace ouedbouoeoedoousddhou soe 8 4 Engine oils nen errs er eneee oat ar oan ee canoe 8 6 EAS COME occooscceusocousucessuccecuce 8 8 Automatic transmission fluid 8 10 Washerptluid tay eeesck rer eee ere 8 11 Brakestl vices ee eee ee tere ee ee 8 11 Glutchetlind sere sy eee nee E ee nee Sere 8 12 Rowerstecrngetluidteaw rere E ee er 8 13 Battetvaern ser O E T Weert ee eran Frome 8 14 IARI 5 5 amcor ier tera Oh ober See eee ea eae 8 17 Wiper blade rubber replacement 8 22 Generalbmaintenanc
142. can strike other people in the vehicle in an accident A child should never be left unattended in your vehi cle When you leave the vehicle take the child with you A bs a BK0111000EN book 43 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 Seat and seat belts Child restraint anchorage points Anchorage locations 00406900631 When fitting a child restraint always follow the manufac turer s instructions using the approved anchorage points shown and install the child restraint fitting package as shown For children too young to sit use a Standards Association of Australia approved baby restraint Be sure to comply with the laws of your state regarding restraining children in your vehi cle There are 3 child restraint anchorage points located on the headliner behind the second seats Your vehicle has one anchorage fitting already installed It is located in the centre point AA0098610 A CAUTION The anchorages are only applicable for child restraints fitted in the second seat with the head restraints removed Do not remove the anchorage fitting in the centre point 2 43 NY o SP UY BKO111000EN book 44 Y 2O009 8A26H KEH F53 24 gt Seat and seat belts NOTE When using the outside anchorage point remove the plug A Fibre washer and install the anchorage fitting that is stored in the glove B Washer 8 mm box as illustra
143. case of non Genuine Parts amp Accessories with official authorisation such as compliance with an Australian Standard Design Rule some permit or licence or certificate of approval you may not use this authorisation alone to deduce that the driving safety of your vehicle has not been affected Please be aware that generally there is limited or no liability on the part of the provider of any official authorisation Only in the case of Genuine Parts amp Accessories that are rec ommended amp released by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer and are attached or installed by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer can you assume that the opti mal driving safety of your vehicle has been provided For your own safety and the safety of other road users modifi cations to your MITSUBISHI vehicle product specifications may be undertaken only in accordance with recommendations of MITSUBISHI MOTORS AUSTRALIA LIMITED and made available to you through your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer Modification alterations to the electrical or fuel systems E00200400371 MITSUBISHI MOTORS has always manufactured safe high quality vehicles In order to maintain this safety and quality it is important that any accessory that is to be fitted or any modi fications carried out which involve the electrical or fuel sys tems should be carried out in accordance with MITSUBISHI MOTORS guidelines A CAUTION Please consult an authorized MITSUBISH
144. cation is changed to your desired date every time you lightly press the function button If you continue pressing the button for about 2 seconds or more the indication is forwarded SET Determine the date Press the SET function button Then the display flashes twice and the setting is changed 3 42 V p ae BK0111000EN book 43 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls Changing the calendar pattern 2 Press function button or to select your desired 1 Press the ADJ button to select the calendar setting dis indication pattern play Press the or function button to select CALENDAR PATTERN SELECT Then press the SELECT function button Type 1 3 Type 2 AA0095840 Type 3 AA4000602 3 43 ad o o bs MPA PO Jp aye Zs BKO111000EN book 44 X 20094F8H26H8H KERA FF5324 Instruments and controls 3 Press the function button SET The display will flash 4 After setting the calendar pattern press the INFO but twice and the indication pattern will be updated ton to return to the information display AA0095853 AA0095866 NOTE You can return to the previous display by pressing the BACK function button 3 44 4 Y a p BK0111000EN book 45 Y 2009
145. cifications Vehicle mass E01100403772 Ket Without optional parts 2 025 kg 2 075 kg 2 035 kg 2 085 kg 2 050 kg 2 100 kg 2 055 kg 2 100 kg erb mass With full optional parts 2 075 kg 2 120 kg 2 085 kg 2 130 kg 2 065 kg 2 120 kg 2 070 kg 2 120 kg Maximum gross vehicle mass 2 710 kg T Front 1 260 kg Maximum axle mass Rear 1 600 kg With brake 2 500 kg Maximum towable mass Without brake 750 kg Maximum trailer nose mass 250 kg Maximum roof load 80 kg Maximum gross combination mass 5 210 kg Seating capacity including a driver 5 persons 7 persons Vehicles with third seat NOTE Trailer specifications indicate the manufacturer s recommendation When loading luggage and or towing trailer make sure not to exceed any of the above maximum mass all the time VA Ea d F8H26H BKOLL1000EN book 9 Y 20094 Engine type 7K Me H A Fe 5 WF 3 247 Engine specifications Four cylinder in line water cooled four cycle double overhead camshaft with intercooler and turbocharger o Specifications E01100601190 Engine models Total displacement Bore Stroke 4D56 2 477 cc 91 1 mm 95 0 mm Compression ratio 16 5 1 9 9 VA MZ x a C44 BK0111000EN book 10 Y 2OO0948H26H KEH F532 Specifications Transmission and transfer specifications E011
146. coolant Also if the reserve tank is completely empty remove the radia tor cap B and add coolant until the level reaches the filler neck A WARNING Do not open the radiator cap while the engine is hot The coolant system is under pressure and any hot coolant escaping could cause severe burns During cold weather If the temperatures in your area drop below freezing there is the danger that the coolant in the engine or radiator could freeze and cause severe damage to the engine and or radiator Add a sufficient amount of anti freeze to the coolant to prevent it from freezing The concentration should be checked before the start of cold weather and the coolant concentration adjusted as required see Anti freeze below o Maintenance Anti freeze MITSUBISHI MOTORS Genuine coolant is also an anti freeze coolant The required concentration of the coolant dif fers depending on the expected ambient temperature Ambient temperature minimum C MITSUBISHI MOTORS Genuine Coolant concentration A CAUTION Do not use any other alcohol or methanol anti freeze or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or metha nol anti freeze The use of an improper anti freeze can cause corrosion of the aluminium components For effective anti corrosion and anti freeze per formance keep the anti freeze concentration within the range of 30 to 60 Concentrations exceeding 60 will result in a reduction of both the
147. d serious or fatal injuries at any time 8 27 NF ls BK0111000EN book 28 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Maintenance Fuses Engine compartment E01003001211 In the engine compartment the fuse block is located as shown Buse block location in the illustration E01007600380 To prevent damage to the electrical system due to short circuiting or overloading each individual circuit is provided with a fuse There are fuse blocks in the passenger compartment and in the engine compartment Passenger compartment The fuse block in the passenger compartment is located in front of the driver s seat at the position shown in the illustration ry I AA0083087 i 1 Push the knob 2 Remove the cover Fuse load capacity E01007700033 The fuse capacity and the name of the electrical systems pro tected by the fuses are indicated on the inside of the fuse lid located at the driver s leg area and on the inside of the fuse block cover for fuses located in the engine compartment TN AA0091350 8 Passenger compartment fuse location table E01007900615 NOTE Spare fuses are contained in the fuse lid Always use a fuse of the same capacity for replacement ad o o bs 8 28 SY 5 2 cis BK0111000EN book 29 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Maintenance Passenger compartment fuse location Electrical system Capacity
148. d for the first 1 000 km it is advis able to drive your new vehicle using the following precautions as a guideline to aid long life as well as future economy and performance Do not race the engine at high speeds Avoid rapid starting accelerating braking and prolonged high speed running Keep to the running in speed limit shown below Please note that the legal speed limits must be adhered to Do not exceed loading limits Refrain from towing a trailer Speed limit Vehicles with M T Vehicles with A T 2H 4H 2H 4H 4HLc Hike 4HLc Shift point 4LLc Ist gear 25 km h 10 km h 15 km h 5 km h 2nd gear 45 km h 25 km h 40 km h 15 km h 3rd gear 75 km h 40 km h 60 km h 30 km h 4th gear 110 km h 55 km h 90 km h 50 km h Sth gear 145 km h 70 km h 125 km h 70 km h o Starting and driving A CAUTION The 4LLc range gives maximum torque for low speed driving on steep slopes as well as sandy muddy and other difficult surfaces On vehicles with A T do not exceed speeds of approximately 70 km h in 4LLc range NOTE On vehicles with A T when the transfer shift lever is in 4LLc the transmission will not shift into the overdrive gear 4 5 AA Ei Zils BKO111000EN book 6 Y 20094F8H26H KA F532 Starting and driving Parking brake A CAUTION To park the vehicle first bring it to a complete stop fully apply W
149. d result When it rains or when the vehicle has been washed the inside of the lens sometimes becomes foggy This is the E D same phenomenon as when window glass mists up on a eo humid day and does not indicate a functional problem When the lamp is switched on the heat will remove the fog However if water gathers inside the lamp please go to an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer for a check Headlamps Rotate the switch to turn on the lamps Lamps headlamps fog lamp etc auto cutout 3 function E00532700253 Even with the light switch in the O position the lamps are automatically turned off when the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position and the driver s door is opened All lamps off Even with the light switch in the ZO position the lamps are automatically turned off if the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position and the driver s door then remains Headlamps and other lamps go on closed for approximately three minutes AA0086381 Position tail licence plate and instrument panel lamps on a 9 IZ J is IN P d gt BK0111000EN book 58 Y 20094F8H26H KEH PHRSKFR3 257 Instruments and controls When you want to keep the lamps on It is possible to keep the lamps on for one minute by taking the following steps 1 Turn the light switch and ignition switch each to the OFF position 2 Turn t
150. d to deactivate the set speed driving 4 59 t ANZ is a BK0111000EN book 60 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Starting and driving NOTE To activate When operating the cruise control switches press the 200609300667 cruise control switches correctly The set speed driving 1 With the ignition switch in the ON position press the may be deactivated automatically if two or more switches ON OFF switch A to turn on the cruise control The of the cruise control are pressed at the same time CRUISE indicator lamp in the meter cluster will come on ED Ea 0 AA3005990 4 60 Zs BKOI11000EN book 61 Y 2009478 H26H0H KEH F53 257 Starting and driving NOTE 2 Accelerate or decelerate to your desired speed then press If the cruise control is on when the ignition switch is and release the COAST SET switch B when the turned to LOCK or ACC position cruise control will CRUISE indicator lamp is illuminated The vehicle will be on automatically the next time you start the engine then maintain the desired speed The CRUISE indicator lamp will also be on If the battery voltage is insufficient the memory data for the cruise control may be erased As a result the CRUISE indicator lamp may not come on when you restart the engine If this happens press the ON OFF switch once again to turn on the cruise control
151. dealer o Instruments and controls A CAUTION If the lamp illuminates while the engine is running avoid driving at high speeds and have the system checked at an authorized MITSUBI SHI MOTORS dealer During vehicle operation with the lamp illuminated the vehicle may not accelerate when you depress the accel erator pedal When the vehicle is stationary with the lamp illuminated you must depress the brake pedal more firmly than usual 3 since the engine idling speed is higher than usual and the vehicle with an A T has a stronger tendency to creep for ward NOTE The engine electronic control module accommodating the onboard diagnostic sys tem has various fault data especially about the exhaust emission stored This data will be erased if a battery cable is disconnected which will make a rapid diag nosis difficult Do not disconnect a battery cable when the check engine warning lamp is ON 3 13 A bs BK0111000EN book 14 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHROHR3 257 Instruments and controls Charge warning lamp Oil pressure warning lamp E00502700775 E00502800558 C This lamp illuminates when the ignition switch rT This lamp illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and goes off after is turned to the ON position and goes off after the engine has started the engine has started If it illuminates while the engine is running the oil
152. depending on the position of the ignition key AA0080868 NOTE When sliding the release button place one hand on the control knob to prevent it from falling out Refitting the control knob Put the control knob back into the original position and then push it until it clicks The Please refit the control panel indi cator will disappear or the lamp B will stop flashing AA0080855 1 With the key in the ON or ACC position NOTE l l Please refit the control panel indicator will appear on J a not eae eae ae a ae place where it ra the display Any audio system operation will be disabled ecome hot for example the dashboard or 1m any place e agi ae where it may become wet el a If you lose the control knob contact an authorized MIT SUBISHI MOTORS dealer 5 46 4 VY e o a NZ r a 74 x BK0111000EN book 47 Y 20094F8H26H KERA F53 277 7 Handling of compact discs E00723000249 Use only the type of compact discs that have the mark shown in the illustration below Playback of CD R or CD RW discs may cause problems COMPACT ISi DIGITAL AUDIO TA0000296 The use of special shaped damaged compact discs like cracked discs or low quality compact discs like warped discs or burrs on the discs such as those shown will dam age the CD player o For pleasant driving a AA40001
153. disc containing MP3 files into the slot The display shows the folder number and the file number then playback will begin N Re o For pleasant driving NOTE While listening to a disc on which CD DA CD Digital Audio and MP3 files have both been recorded you can switch between reading of the CD DA reading of the MP3 files and the external audio input mode AUX by pressing the CD button for 2 seconds or longer With a disc that contains both CD DA and MP3 files the CD DA are automatically played first The playback sound quality differs depending on the encoding software and the bit rate For details refer to the user manual of your encoding software Depending on file folder configurations on a disc it may take some time before playback starts MP3 encode software and writing software are not sup plied to this unit You may encounter trouble in playing an MP3 or display ing the information of MP3 files recorded with certain writing software or CD recorders CD R RW drivers If you record too many folders or files other than MP3 onto a disc it may take some time before playback starts This unit does not record MP3 files For information concerning CD Rs RWs refer to Notes on CD Rs RWs on page 5 49 A CAUTION Attempting to play a file not in the MP3 format which has the mp3 file name may produce noise from the speakers and speaker damage and can damage your hearing 5 35
154. down then add coolant a little at a time Examine the radiator hoses for coolant leakage and the drive belt for looseness or damage If there is anything wrong with the cooling system or drive belt have the problem corrected at an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer o For emergencies Bleeding the fuel system E00800700211 The fuel system should be bled to remove air as described below if the fuel supply is exhausted during travel 1 Loosen the air plug A at the top of the fuel filter AA0082295 AZ lt J EE ETEN mep Zi BKO111000EN book 8 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 For emergencies 2 Pump the hand pump B until there are no more bubbles Removal of water from the fuel filter in the fuel coming out of the air plug A When doing 00800800283 this place a cloth around the air plug A to prevent the If the fuel filter indicator lamp in the instrument panel illumi escaping fuel from spraying out nates during driving it indicates that water has accumulated in the fuel filter If this occurs remove the water as described below 1 Loosen the drain plug A at the bottom of the fuel filter A AA0082309 3 Tighten the air plug A when there are no more bubbles in the fuel 6 4 Continue pumping until the hand pump B becomes stiff AA0082325 5 Finally check to be sure that there is no leakage of fuel If in doubt consult your nea
155. e should lose the power assist for some reason the brakes will still work In these situations even if the brake pedal moves down to the very end of its possible stroke or resists being depressed keep depressing the brake pedal down harder and further than usual stop driving as soon as possible and have the brake system repaired at the nearest authorized MITSUBI SHI MOTORS dealer V s e is cis BKOLLLOOOEN book 49 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 Starting and driving A WARNING When brakes are wet Check the brake system while driving at a low speed immedi Do not turn off the engine while your vehicle is in ately after starting especially when the brakes are wet to con motion If you turn off the engine while driving the firm they work normally power assistance for the braking system will stop A film of water can be formed on the brake discs and prevent working and your brakes will not work effectively normal braking after driving in heavy rain or through large If the power assist is lost or if either brake hydraulic puddles or after the vehicle is washed If this occurs dry the system stops working properly take your vehicle to brakes out by driving slowly while lightly depressing the brake an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer pedal immediately When driving downhill It is important to take advantage of the engine braking by shift ing to a lower shift position while driving on steep downhi
156. e TEXT but ton 5 for less than 1 second repeatedly to make selections in the following sequence folder name file name normal display mode Example Disc name Example Folder name File name AA0096179 AA0096166 NOTE The display can show up to 16 characters If a disc name or track name has more than 16 characters press the PAGE button 6 to view the next 16 characters When there is no title information to be displayed the dis play shows NO TITLE Characters that the CD player cannot display are shown as oo e 5 39 t W g is lt l a BK0111000EN book 40 Y 20094 8H 264 5 KERA F53 2 57 For pleasant driving ID3 tag information The CD player can display ID3 tag information for files that have been recorded with ID3 tag information 1 Press the TEXT button 5 for 2 seconds or longer to switch to the ID3 tag information 2 Then press the TEXT button for less than 1 second repeat edly to make selections in the following sequence album name title name artist name normal display mode NOTE To return from ID3 tag information to the folder name press the TEXT button 5 again for 2 seconds or longer When there is no title information to be displayed the dis play shows NO TITLE The display can show up to 16 characters If a folder name track name or item of ID3 tag
157. e ao E Race ae 5 73 AM FM electronic tuning radio Coatihookgrn sain tar winrar A 5 74 Winn CID VEG sseccadscuudooucc ocueoce 5 25 To use the external audio input function 5 40 Steering wheel remote control switch 5 42 ETO COUES Seer ata ee tree IC ER RE TE 5 44 Audio system anti theft feature 5 46 Handling of compact discs 5 47 Antennae eee et ae ee td ean Oe oe eee 5 50 SUDSVISOFS args MeN ae eee at mem tery S 5 51 IA Shira ye e ee etn ee rn oe eR rere ee ean ener 5 53 Cirine Aneen angea soach tere eae aa ara 5 54 INCCESSOLVISOCKC Laren E TE 5 55 Interiorlampse ever er ee ee ee 5 56 Storages paces o pvc ocoucocconnsocdodocueuos 5 60 Cupholder e errs rasan tree eee 5 65 o o WY a a BKOLL1OOOEN book 2 Y 20094 8H26H KIRA F53 247 For pleasant driving Front ventilators Ventilators Rear ventilators E00700100810 gt AA0081285 1 Rear ventilators AA0099095 5 1 Centre ventilators 2 Side ventilators NOTE Do not place beverages on top of the instrument panel If they splash into the air conditioning ventilators they could damage the system NY o a a BKOLLLOOOEN book 3 Y 20094 8H26H KIRA F53 247 For pleasant driving Air flow and direction adjustments Front side ventilators 00700200808 The ventilator can be opened and closed with the dial B
158. e are all dangerous and can damage your vehi cle 9 4 cis BKOI11000EN book 3 X 200948H26H KEA PR SHS 247 4 Cleaning the interior of your vehicle E00900200448 After cleaning the interior of your vehicle with water cleaner or similar wipe and dry in a shady well ventilated area A CAUTION Do not use organic substances solvents benzine kerosene alcohol petrol etc or alkaline or acidic solutions These chemicals can cause discolouring staining or cracking of the surface If you use cleaners or polishing agents make sure their ingredients do not include the substances men tioned above Plastic vinyl leather fabric and flocked parts 00900300146 1 Gently wipe off with gauze or other soft cloth soaked with a 3 aqueous solution of neutral detergent 2 Dip cloth in fresh water and wring out well Using this cloth wipe off the detergent thoroughly NOTE Do not use the cleaners conditioners and protectants con taining silicons or wax Such products may cause annoying reflections and obscure vision e o Vehicle care Upholstery E00900500063 1 To maintain the value of your new vehicle handle the upholstery carefully and keep the interior clean Use a vacuum cleaner and brush to clean the seats If stained vinyl and synthetic leather should be cleaned with an appropriate cleaner and cloth fabrics can be cleaned with either upholstery cleaner or a 3 solu
159. e inflation pressure The correct pressures are shown on the door label See the illustration AA0092302 o t AVA Gs MZ 3 4 BK0111000EN book 29 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 L A CAUTION The tyre pressure should be periodically checked and maintained at the specified pressure while the tyre is stowed After changing the tyre and driving the vehicle about 1 000 km retighten the wheel nuts to make sure that they have not come loose If the steering wheel vibrates when driving after changing the tyre have the tyre checked for balance at your nearest authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer Do not mix one type of tyre with another or use a different size from the one listed This would cause early wear and poor handling o For emergencies Towing E00801503031 If your vehicle needs to be towed If towing is necessary we recommend you to have it done by your MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer or a commercial tow truck service In the following cases transport the vehicle using a tow truck The engine runs but the vehicle does not move or abnor mal noise is produced Inspection of the vehicle s underside reveals that oil or some other fluid is leaking If a wheel gets stuck in a ditch do not try to tow the vehicle Please contact your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer or a commercial tow truck service for assistance Only when you cannot receive
160. e jack contacts the jacking point of the vehi cle Ensure that the jack will properly contact the vehicle jacking point Move the jack handle up and down to raise the vehicle 6 AA0094117 NOTE This jack is a 2 stage expansion type AW p 4 cis BKOI11000EN book 17 Y 2009478 A260 KEH PR 5S 24 For emergencies gee ti een pan A CAUTION 1 Put the notch I provided on the jack handle end on the A CA UTION valve J of the jack If the release valve is loosened too much 2 or more turns in the anticlockwise direction the jack s oil 2 Using the jack handle turn the release valve anticlock wise slowly to lower the ram and remove the jack will leak and the jack cannot be used Close the release valve slowly when lowering the vehicle or the valve may be damaged NOTE Occasionally when the vehicle is jacked up the grooved portion of the designated point will not come off When this happens rock the vehicle to lower the ram If the jack is difficult to remove by hand insert the jack handle K into the bracket L Then using the handle remove the jack z AA0094120 K L 3 Press the piston down all the way and turn the release valve clockwise as far as possible 6 4 Store jack jack handle and chocks Be sure to open the release valve slowly If it is opened quickly the vehicle will drop abruptly and the jack may come out of pos
161. e of the filter When the air flow rate suddenly drops or when the windscreen or windows start to fog up easily the air filter requires replacement Contact an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer for assistance 5 24 P a 4 Zs BKOLLLOOOEN book 25 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For pleasant driving AM FM electronic tuning radio with CD player E00708501950 The audio system can be used when the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position AA1007381 A Display window 5 B Audio system 5 25 NY o cs SP Bs TE UY BK0111000EN book 26 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 For pleasant driving NOTE To listen to the audio system while the engine is stopped turn the ignition switch to the ACC position If acellular phone is used inside the vehicle it may create noise from the audio equipment This does not mean that anything is wrong with your audio equipment In such a case use the cellular phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment If foreign objects or water get into the audio equipment or if smoke or a strange odour comes from it immediately turn off the audio system and have it checked at an author ized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer Never try to repair it by yourself Avoid continuous usage without inspection by a qualified person The audio amplifier if so equipped is located under the front right s
162. e rotation P 8 19 Tailgate P 1 11 Apae Tyre chains P 8 21 Spare wheel P 6 18 Corner and back sensors P 4 66 Reversing lamps P 8 35 8 48 AAS5009862 Mp As MZ nay a BK0111000EN book 9 Y 2009 8H26H KEH F53 247 YVA is BK0111000EN book 1 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 4 General information Buelkselec tont eee ee trounce are een nearer 2 a killine aS RIN Sooo kgoop neo acbeonaooe at 3 Installation of accessories 0 0 5 5 Modification alterations to the electrical or fiels ystems a Ar A ona e yaa es 6 Genuine pals e T E A ees 7 Used engine oils safety instructions and disposaliintormation e aaa a T 7 Do not carry fuel filled containers or spray cans inside your vehicle 8 Taking your vehicle overseas 8 o o MP o s C44 E BK0111000EN book 2 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 L General information Fuel selection E00200102008 Cetane number Recommended fuel 45 or higher NOTE Poor quality diesel fuel can cause deposits form in the injector resulting in black smoke and rough idling If these problems occur you are advised to add a cleaning additive to the diesel fuel when you refuel the vehicle The additive will break up and remove the deposits thereby returning the engine to a normal condition Be sure to use a genuine MITSUBISHI DIESEL FUEL SYS TEM CLEANER Using an unsuitable additive
163. e seat belts be worn correctly while and across your chest Never put it behind you or driving under your arm The front seat belts have a pre tensioner system These belts One seat belt should be used by only one person are used the same way as a conventional seat belt Doing otherwise can be dangerous Refer to Seat belt pre tensioner system and force limiter sys The seat belt will provide its wearer with maximum tem on page 2 38 protection if the recliner seatback is placed in fully upright position When the seatback is reclined 2 there is greater risk that the passenger will slide under the belt especially in a forward impact acci dent and may be injured by the belt or by striking the instrument panel or seatbacks Seat belts should always be worn by every adult who drives or rides in this vehicle and by all children who are large enough to wear seat belts properly Other children should always use proper child restraint systems Remove any twists when using the belt No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack 2 30 4 WA BK0111000EN book 31 Y 2OO0948H26H AME F532 F Never hold a child in your arms or on your lap when riding in this vehicle even if you are wearing your seat belt To do so risks severe or fatal injury
164. e stream Frequent crossing of streams can adversely affect the life span of the vehicle consult an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer and take the neces sary measures to prepare inspect and repair the vehicle After crossing a stream apply the brakes to be sure they are functioning properly If the brakes are wet and not functioning properly dry them out by driving slowly while lightly depress ing the brake pedal Inspect each part of the vehicle carefully e o Starting and driving Inspection and maintenance following rough road operation E00606700022 After operating the vehicle in rough road conditions be sure to perform the following inspection and maintenance procedures Check that the vehicle has not been damaged by rocks gravel etc Carefully wash the vehicle with water After washing drive the vehicle slowly while lightly depressing the brake pedal in order to dry out the brakes If the brakes still do not function properly contact an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer as soon as possible to have the brakes checked Remove the insects dried grass etc clogging the radiator core After crossing a stream be sure to have the following items inspected at an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer and take the necessary measures e Check the brake system and if necessary have it serv iced e Check the engine transmission transfer and differential oil or grease level and turbidi
165. e the luggage on the carrier so that its mass is distributed evenly with the heaviest items on the bottom Do not load items that are wider than the roof carrier The additional mass on the roof could raise the vehi cle s centre of gravity and affect vehicle handling characteristics As a result driving errors or emergency manoeu vres could lead to a loss of control and result in an accident Before driving and after travelling a short distance always check the load to make sure it is securely fas tened to the roof carrier Check periodically during your travel that the load remains secure 4 75 4 MZ 3 4 BK0111000EN book 76 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 4 e Starting and driving Towing caravans and trailers E00610400251 Your vehicle has qualities which make it well suited for normal towing operations provided a few recommendations are observed These are primarily concerned with the prevention of overloading of the vehicle and with the selection of the proper equipment If these precautions are taken and driving habits are regulated accordingly the effects of towing trailers and cara vans can be minimized It should be noted that damage to the vehicle caused directly or indirectly by operating under conditions outside the limits set out on this page will void the warranty relative to such dam age A CAUTION MITSUBISHI MOTORS recommends the use of MITSUBISHI MOTORS towi
166. e underfloor protection checked at an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer before and after the cold weather season After washing your vehicle wipe off all waterdrops from the rubber parts around the doors to prevent the doors from freez ing NOTE To prevent freezing of the weatherstripping on the doors engine hood etc they should be treated with silicone spray Waxing E00901000599 Waxing the vehicle will help prevent the adherence of dust and road chemicals to the paintwork Apply a wax solution after washing the vehicle or at least once every three months to assist displacing of water Do not wax your vehicle in direct sunlight You should wax after the surfaces have cooled A CAUTION Waxes containing high abrasive compounds should not be used Such waxes remove rust and stain effec tively from the paintwork but they are harmful to the lustre on the painted surface and the plated sur face Further they are harmful to glossy surfaces such as grille garnish mouldings etc Do not use petrol or paint thinners to remove road tar or other contamination to the vehicle surface Do not apply wax on the areas having black mat coating as it can cause uneven discolouration patches blurs etc If stained with wax immediately wipe off with a piece of soft cloth and warm water On vehicles with the sunroof be careful when wax ing the area around the sunroof opening not to put any wax on the weatherstrip black
167. eak the next time the headlamps are operated If the glass surface is dirty it must be cleaned with alcohol paint thinner etc and refit it after drying it thoroughly 3 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse AA0000473 8 8 37 ANZ lt S KZ j a BK0111000EN book 38 Y 20094F8H268H KEA F53 24 gt i Maintenance Position lamps E01003700888 1 Turn the bulb socket anticlockwise to remove it AA0083276 2 Remove the bulb from the socket by pulling out AFO0007549 8 38 3 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse p g lt t W is a BKO111000EN book 39 Y 20094F8H2680 KA FF5324 Maintenance Front turn signal lamps 2 Remove the bulb from the socket by turning it anticlock E01003800876 wise while pressing in 1 Turn the bulb socket anticlockwise to remove it AA0099327 3 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse 8 39 L NY o do Zs BKO111000EN book 40 X 20094F8H26H8H KIA FF5324 i Maintenance Side turn signal lamps 2 Remove the socket and bulb assembly together by turning E01003900486 it anticlockwise 1 To remove a side turn signal lamp insert a straight blade or minus screwdriver at the end of the lamp nearer the front of the body and use it to gently lever the
168. eat Do not subject the amplifier to a strong impact It could damage the amplifier or malfunctioning could result The audio system s control knob can be removed to deter 5 thieves For details refer to Audio system anti theft fea ture on page 5 46 5 26 CY 4 Zips BK0111000EN book 27 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOKFR3 257 For pleasant driving Volume and tone control panel E00708601036 FOLDER TEXT PAGE DSse AA1006993 1 PWR On Off switch 2 VOL Volume control knob 3 Memory select buttons 5 4 DISP Display button 5 AUDIO button 6 Audio adjust button 7 Display 5 27 LP o Zils BK0111000EN book 28 Y 20094 8H 264 F KERA F53 2 57 For pleasant driving To adjust the volume E00708700577 VOL Volume control Turn the VOL knob 2 clockwise to increase the volume anticlockwise to decrease the volume The status will be dis played in the display 7 AA0098649 NOTE The volume control mode will shut off automatically if either the radio or CD is selected or if no adjustment is made within about 2 seconds 5 28 To adjust the tone E00708801139 Press the AUDIO button 5 to select BASS gt TREBLE gt FADER BALANCE gt Audio adjust mode off The status will be displayed in the display 7 BASS Bass tone control Press the audio adjust button
169. ection dial to the desired position 3 Select the temperature control dial to the desired position 4 Select the desired blower speed the higher the better 5 Ensure all windows are closed to pressurise the cabin Control panel E00702501307 If you are driving behind another vehicle on a dirt road and or the outside air is dusty or contaminated set the air selection lever to the recirculation position During periods of extended driving ventilate the vehicle s interior by occasionally moving the lever from the recirculation to the outside position AA0058067 1 Mode selection dial 2 Blower speed selection dial 3 Temperature control dial 4 Rear window demister switch gt P 3 68 5 Air conditioning switch 6 Air selection switch K2 SP p Zi BK0111000EN book 16 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 For pleasant driving NOTE Blower speed selection dial There is an interior air temperature sensor A in the illus 00702800286 trated position Select the blower speed by turning the blower speed selection Never place anything on top of the sensor since doing so dial clockwise or anticlockwise will prevent it from functioning properly The blower speed will gradually increase as the dial is turned to the right JY O lt a b OFF PUSH AUTO xt Wo 5O T S o AA0058070 5 16 NY o Fi 5 RE 257 NZ p E BK0111000EN
170. eed driving is deactivated by the condition This system operates when you are backing the vehicle It uses described in To deactivate on page 4 65 you can resume the corner and back sensors to detect an obstacle and sounds a previously set speed by pressing the ACC RES switch C buzzer to inform you of the approximate distance to the obsta while driving at a speed of about 40 km h or higher cle A CAUTION The reversing sensor system assists you in determin ing the approximate distance between the vehicle and an obstacle located behind the vehicle It has limitations in terms of detectable areas and objects and may not properly detect some objects There fore do not place excessive confidence in the revers ing sensor system and operate the vehicle as carefully as you would a vehicle without this system Make sure to check the surroundings with your own eyes to ensure safety Do not operate the vehicle by relying on the reversing sensor system alone AG0001348 Under either of the following conditions however using the switch does not allow you to resume the previously set speed In these situations repeat the speed setting procedure The ON OFF switch is pressed The ignition switch is turned OFF CRUISE indicator lamp is turned OFF 4 66 Y a p 4 Zils BK0111000EN book 67 X 20094F8H26H KEH FRSKFR3 257 Corner and back sensor locations E0061850002
171. ehicle is equipped with A T be sure to apply the parking brake before moving the selector lever to the P PARK position If you move the selector lever to the P PARK position before applying the parking brake it may be difficult to disengage the selector lever from the P PARK position when next you drive the vehicle requiring application of a strong force to the selector lever to move from the P PARK position Parking with the engine running Never leave the engine running while you take a short sleep rest or you open or close a gate or garage door etc Also never leave the engine running in a closed or poorly ventilated place A WARNING Leaving the engine running risks injury or death from accidentally moving the gearshift lever on M T vehicles or the selector lever on A T vehicles or the accumulation of toxic exhaust fumes in the passenger compartment Where you park A WARNING Do not park your vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as dry grass or leaves can come in contact with a hot exhaust since a fire could occur When leaving the vehicle Always remove the key from the ignition switch and lock all doors and the tailgate when leaving the vehicle unattended Always try to park your vehicle in a well lit area e o t V s l Ass cis BK0111000EN book 9 20094F8H26H KMH 7 F53 257 Steering wheel height adjustment E00600
172. emee ese sen ee ere 8 26 For cold and snowy weather 8 27 Eusibledinksa rn E 8 27 EUS CS E E rae tee rie anne ar SEAS ena et 8 28 Replacement of lamp bulbs 8 33 o o NZ rere 4 DEPA x BK0111000EN book 2 Y 20094F8H26AH KREA F 53 247 Maintenance Service precautions A WARNING E01000100676 Adequate care of your vehicle at regular intervals serves to pre Do not get under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack use vehicle support stands serve the value and appearance as long as possible Some maintenance items can be carried out by the owner do it Improper handling of components and materials yourself while others should be carried out by an authorized used in the vehicle can endanger your personal MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer periodic inspection and main safety Consult an authorized MITSUBISHI tenance In the event a malfunction or a problem is discov MOTORS dealer for necessary information ered have it corrected by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer This section contains information on inspec tion maintenance procedures that you can do yourself Follow the instructions and cautions for each of the various proce dures A WARNING When checking or servicing the inside of the engine compartment make sure the engine is switched off and has had a chance to cool down If it is necessary to do work in the engine compart ment with the engi
173. engine and remove the ignition key NOTE On a slope be sure to apply the parking brake before moving the selector lever to the P PARK position If you move the selector lever to the P PARK position before applying the parking brake it may be difficult to disengage the selector lever from the P PARK position when next you drive the vehicle requiring application of a strong force to the selector lever to move from the P PARK position o Starting and driving When the A T makes no speed change E00604800553 If the transmission does not change speeds while driving or your vehicle does not pick up enough speed when starting on an uphill slope it may be that there is something unusual hap pening in the transmission causing a safety device to activate Have your vehicle checked at an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer as soon as possible 1 If your vehicle has difficulty moving uphill shift the selector lever into 2nd gear of the sports mode This method might not work depending on the transmis sion malfunction 2 Once the vehicle is moving on a level road move the selector lever back to D DRIVE 4 27 SA d AW E BK0111000EN book 28 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 Starting and driving Super select 4WD Transfer shift lever position and 2WD 4WD zoos Operation indicator lamp Shifting to rear wheel drive or 4 wheel drive can be made by operating t
174. era with boiling water passenger s seat or the rear seat 4 Do not disassemble the camera Having the driver s vision blocked and your cargo being thrown inside the cabin if you suddenly have to brake can cause a serious accident or injury Loading a roof carrier A CAUTION Use a roof carrier that properly fits your vehicle Do not load luggage directly onto the roof For installation refer to the instruction manual accompanying the roof carrier 4 74 o BK0111000EN book 75 X 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Starting and driving Roof carrier precaution NOTE To prevent wind noise or reduction in fuel economy A C A UTIO N remove the roof carrier when not in use Before using an automatic car wash remove the roof car Make sure that the mass of the luggage does not ter exceed the allowable roof load Be sure that adequate clearance is maintained for raising If the allowable roof load is exceeded this may cause the sunroof if so equipped when installing a roof carrier damage to the vehicle The roof load is the total allowable load on the roof the mass of the roof carrier plus the weight of lug gage placed on the roof carrier For specific figures please refer to the Maximum roof load on page 9 8 When luggage is loaded onto the vehicle please make sure to drive slowly and avoid excessive manoeuvres such as sudden braking or quick turn ing 4 In addition plac
175. erature control dial all the way to the i left of the passenger compartment Select desired blower speed Set to the lt gt outside position periodically to increase ventilation so that the windows do not become fogged up AA0093295 Warm air flows to the leg area and unheated or slightly warm air depending upon temperature setting flows to the upper part of the passenger compartment 5 12 KZ e MP 5 i E BK0111000EN book 13 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 For pleasant driving Demisting of the windscreen and door windows For ordinary demisting E00702100696 Use this setting to keep the windscreen and door windows clear of mist and to keep the leg area heated A CAUTION For safety make sure you have a clear view through all windows To remove frost or mist from the windscreen and door win dows use the mode selection dial s or GY AA0093309 1 Set the air selection lever to the e gt outside position 5 2 Set the mode selection dial to the 4 position 3 Select your desired blower speed by turning the blower speed selection dial 4 Select your desired temperature by turning the tempera ture control dial 5 Push the air conditioning switch B 5 13 NY Zips BK0111000EN book 14 X 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 For pleasant driving Sae Introduction of outside air For quick demisting E
176. es and territories a single safety chain is permitted by regulation Be sure it is attached with cor rect load rated shackles For further information about the selection and use of towing equipment consult an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer Example AA0007267 4 77 ZIN P d 4 BKOLL1000EN book 78 20094 8H 264 e KERA PROFS 2 57 Starting and driving Operating hints Vehicle preparation Have your vehicle serviced prior to towing a heavy trailer or caravan taking particular care of the state of engine tune the condition of brakes steering and tyres Adjust tyre pressures to those quoted for a fully laden vehicle see Tyre placard Check the tyres wiring and brakes if fitted on the caravan trailer Have the cooling system checked and ensure that the radiator intake is clear to allow maximum air flow through the radiator Do not place restrictions in front of the radiator water bags driving lamps insect screens non MITSUBISHI MOTORS approved bullbars etc as they restrict air flows Check that tow bar fixing bolts are tightened to specification After a loaded caravan has been connected to the vehicle there may be a slight change in vehicle attitude which for your night driving safety may require the headlamps to be re aimed Driver preparation If you have never towed before connect your trailer or caravan and take it for a run over familiar
177. evation plot oe 00518700044 ted in graph This display shows the atmospheric pressure at the present location in A The atmospheric pressure values are graphed every 5 minutes and the data for up to 4 hours are shown in B AA0095576 NOTE i AA0095589 Pressing the RESET function button will not reset the indication C It is possible to set the display unit to m or ft Refer to User customization on page 3 45 3 27 KA AVY 5 4 a BK0111000EN book 28 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 Instruments and controls Resetting the atmospheric pressure Calendar Press the RESET function button to reset the atmospheric 00518800032 pressure plotted in graph The date is shown The calendar pattern can be changed to your desired setting Refer to Changing the calendar setting on page 3 41 AA0095592 NOTE i AA0095606 Pressing the RESET function button will not reset the indication C It is possible to set the display unit to hPa mb kPa or inHg Refer to User customization on page 3 45 3 28 KA SY 5 4 cis BK0111000EN book 29 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls Clock only Blank E00518900033 E00519000015 Only the clock is shown The time notation can be changed to The whole display can be turned into blank In this case but your desired setting 12 hou
178. f the connection is made directly to the negative side of the battery the inflammable gases generated from the battery might catch fire and explode When connecting the jumper cable do not connect the positive cable to the negative terminal Otherwise sparks might cause explosion of the bat tery A CAUTION Use care not to get the jumper cable caught in the cooling fan or other rotating part in the engine com partment Use the proper cables suitable for the battery size to prevent overheating of the cables Check the jumper cables for damage and corrosion before use 7 Start the engine in the vehicle which has the booster bat tery let the engine idle a few minutes then start the engine in the vehicle with the discharged battery A CAUTION Keep the engine of the vehicle giving assistance run ning 8 After the engine is started disconnect the cables in the reverse order and keep the engine running for several min utes A WARNING Charging the battery while it is installed in the vehi cle might cause the battery to catch fire and explode Or damage to the vehicle could result If it has to be charged in that condition for unavoidable reasons disconnect the vehicle side negative terminal con nected to the battery Keep sparks cigarettes and flames away from the battery because the battery may produce an explo sion Use adequate ventilation when charging or using the ba
179. f the screwdriver in order to avoid scratching the lens and the body 8 51 4 AY o do SP _ pa UY BKO111000EN book 52 Y 2O009 8HA26H KOH F53 24 gt Maintenance 3 Remove the bulb by pulling out 4 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse NOTE When installing the lamp insert tab A first then align and insert tab B Left side Right side AA0099369 AA0088907 8 8 52 LP o IZ a e BK0111000EN book 53 Y 20094F8H26H8H KERA F53 24 Maintenance Front room lamp and personal lamps 2 Remove the bulb by pulling out E01010500022 1 Insert a straight blade or minus screwdriver into the notch of the lens and pry gently to remove it 2 gt AA0085704 AA0055688 NOTE Wrap a piece of cloth around the tip of the screwdriver in order to avoid scratching the lens and the body 8 53 4 8 Allis g NW 2 p E BK0111000EN book 54 Y 20094F8H268H KERA F53 24 i Maintenance 3 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse Rear room lamp and luggage compartment lamp E01010600036 NOTE 1 Insert a straight blade or minus screwdriver into the When installing the lens align the 2 tabs on the lens with notch of the ae and a to ects it the holes on the vehicle side SA s J AA0000574 AA 005
180. fer to Combination headlamps and dipper switch on page 3 57 5 61 4 NY o do Zs BKOLLLOOOEN book 62 Y 20094 8A26H KIA PRS MRS 257 For pleasant driving Floor console box Upper box n E00723300721 To open the upper box lift the right release lever A and raise Upper and lower boxes are located inside the floor console the lid box The floor console box can also be used as an armrest 1 2 AA0082862 AA0082859 1 Upper box 2 Lower box NOTE The Auxiliary Audio connector RCA or the Auxiliary Video connector RCA is located in the lower box if so equipped For details refer to To use the external audio input function on page 5 40 i 5 62 i NY a a Zs BKOLLLOOOEN book 63 20094 8A26H KIA PRS RS 257 For pleasant driving Lower box Luggage floor boxes 7 persons To open the lower box lift the left release lever B and raise 00718700626 the lid The box for storing articles is located inside the luggage com partment AA0082875 AA0099196 1 Luggage floor box LH 2 Luggage floor box CENTRE 3 Luggage floor box RH 5 63 AY o do WY i a BKOLLLOOOEN book 64 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For pleasant driving a To use the box raise the luggage floor board Sunglasses holder E 00718600263 To open p
181. for a smooth start depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth start Keep the pressure on the accelerator pedal as constant as possi ble and drive at low speed NOTE The use of snow tyres and or tyre chains is recommended In order to ensure that the anti lock brake system ABS A CAUTION will operate correctly in situations where tyre chains have Do not force the vehicle or drive recklessly on sandy been fitted drive in 4H 4HLc or 4LLc position surfaces In comparison with normal road surfaces Maintain a safe distance between vehicles avoid sudden the engine and other drive system components are braking and use engine braking downshifting put under excessive strain when driving on such a surface and this could lead to accidents If any of following conditions occur while the vehicle is being driven immediately park your vehicle in a safe place and follow these procedures e The needle in the temperature gauge approaches the overheating zone Refer to Engine overheating on page 6 5 e A T fluid temperature warning lamp illuminates Refer to When the A T fluid temperature warn ing lamp comes on on page 4 25 A CAUTION Avoid sudden braking sudden acceleration and 4 sharp turning such operations could cause skidding and spinouts 4 42 o cis BKOI11000EN book 43 X 20094F8H26H KEA F4 53 257 7 A WARNING When attempting to rock your vehicle
182. gh mounted stop lamp Bulb capacity 8 35 Replacement 8 49 Hinges and latches lubrication 8 26 Hook Coat hook 5 74 Convenient hook 5 70 Luggage hooks 5 71 Horn switch 3 69 AA d MZ nay BK0111000EN book 5 Y 2009 8H26H KRH F53 247 4 I If the vehicle breaks down 6 2 Ignition switch 4 13 Indicator and warning lamps 3 9 Indicator lamps 3 10 Inside rear view mirror 4 10 Inside tailgate release 1 14 Inspection and maintenance following rough road operation 4 45 Installation of accessories 5 Instruments 3 2 Interior lamps 5 56 Centre console downlight 5 59 Door courtesy lamps 5 59 Luggage compartment lamp 5 58 Personal lamps 5 58 Room lamps 5 57 Jack Jack handle 6 12 Storage 6 10 Jacking up the vehicle 6 13 Jump starting Emergency starting 6 2 K Keyless entry system 1 4 Keys 1 2 e Alphabetical index Labeling 9 2 Lamp monitor buzzer 3 58 Lamps headlamps fog lamp etc auto cutout function 3 57 Leakage Fuel engine coolant oil and exhaust gas 8 26 Licence plate lamps Bulb capacity 8 35 Replacement 8 51 Low fuel warning lamp 3 7 Lubricants 9 14 Luggage compartment lamp 5 58 Bulb capacity 8 35 Replacement 8 54 Luggage floor boxes 5 63 Luggage hooks 5 71 Luggage net 5 73 M Making a flat seat 2 26 Making a luggage area 2 16 Manual transmission 4 17 Mass 9 8 Mirror Inside rear view mirror 4 10 Outside rear view mirrors 4 11 Vanity mirror 5 51 M
183. ght pressure to the accelerator pedal Avoid racing the engine or spinning the wheels Prolonged efforts to free a stuck vehicle may result in overheating and transmission failure Allow the engine to idle for a few minutes to let the transmission cool between rocking attempts If the vehicle remains stuck after several rocking attempts seek other assistance A WARNING When attempting to rock your vehicle out of a stuck position be sure that the area around the vehicle is clear of people and physical objects The rocking motion may cause the vehicle to suddenly launch forward or backward causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects o For emergencies On a flooded road Avoid flooded roads Water could enter the brake discs resulting in temporarily ineffective brakes In such cases lightly depress the brake pedal to see if the brakes operate properly If they do not lightly depress the pedal several times while driving in order to dry the brake pads When driving in rain or on a road with many puddles a layer of water may form between the tyres and the road surface This reduces a tyre s frictional resistance on the road resulting in loss of steering stability and braking capabil ity To cope with this observe the following items a Drive your vehicle at a slow speed b Do not drive on worn tyres c Always maintain the specified tyre inflation pressures 6 35 J o o
184. ginal direction The compass may not be properly calibrated in this case so you must turn the vehicle through at least 360 degrees 3 40 Y a p 4 BK0111000EN book 41 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls Changing the calendar setting 2 Press the or function button to select CALEN ee 00519500036 DAR ADJUST Then press the SELECT function but The date and the calendar indication patterns can be changed ton Date setting 1 Press the ADJ button to select the calendar setting dis play SELECT ADJ AA0095811 AA0095808 3 41 ad o o bs AVY 4 a BK0111000EN book 42 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHROKFR3 257 Instruments and controls 3 Use the function buttons to set the calendar NOTE The year changes in the following sequence 2009 gt 2010 gt 2099 2009 You can return to the previous display by pressing the BACK function button 4 After setting the date press the INFO button to return to the information display AA0098812 _5 _ Select YEAR MONTH DAY you wish to change YEAR MONTH and DAY are changed over by turns every time you lightly press the function but ton Change YEAR MONTH DAY you have AA0098825 selected The indi
185. grade o Starting and driving A CAUTION Before driving be sure that the parking brake is fully released and brake warning lamp is off If a vehicle is driven without releasing the parking brake the brake will be overheated resulting in ineffective braking and possible brake failure If the brake warning lamp does not extinguish when the parking brake is fully released the brake system may be an abnormal Contact your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer For details refer to Brake warning lamp on page 3 11 BK0111000EN book 8 Y 20094 8H26H KEH F53 247 7 Starting and driving Parking E00600601303 Parking on a hill To prevent the vehicle from rolling follow these procedures Parking on a downhill slope Turn the front wheels toward the kerb and move the vehicle forward until the kerb side wheel gently touches the kerb Apply the parking brake and place the gearshift lever into the R Reverse position with M T or the selector lever into the P PARK position with A T If necessary apply chocks to wheels Parking on an uphill slope Turn the front wheels away from the kerb and move the vehicle back until the kerb side wheel gently touches the kerb Apply the parking brake and place the gearshift lever into the lst position with M T or the selector lever into the P PARK position with A T If necessary apply chocks to wheels NOTE If your v
186. ground in your own district Feel the difference in acceleration handling and braking and you are less likely to be surprised if an emergency does occur when you are away from home territory The other driving members of your family should also become familiar with the vehicle in this condition 4 78 Hill climbing When travelling in hilly country whether with a manual or automatic transmission whether ascending or descending hills always select a lower gear to maintain engine speed to prevent engine and transmission overloading on upgrades and to avoid excessive use of the brakes on downgrades If particularly steep or long downgrades are encountered avoid riding the brakes Apply the brakes firmly to reduce speed and then remove your foot from the pedal to allow air to cool the brakes between applications Normal cruising Leave plenty of room between the front of your vehicle and the preceding vehicle If the caravan begins to sway or becomes difficult to handle gently slow down or apply the independent trailer brakes if fit ted NOT the vehicle brakes Stop the vehicle and trailer in a safe location Examine the tyres of the trailer closely for dam age If you find the damage of tyre it is recommended that tyres be inspected by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer or a tyre retailer before proceeding further Note that tread separation separation of the tread band from the body of the tyre of trailer tyres which are
187. h P 3 61 Audio remote control switches P 5 42 Cruise control switch P 4 59 Active Stability Control ASC Hands free amp voice recognition switches OFF switch P 4 54 Refer to the separate Mitsubishi Multi Communication System owner s manual Engine hood release lever Ignition switch P 4 13 Fuel tank filler door release lever P84 i Fuse box lid P 8 28 Steering wheel height adjustment P 4 9 AA5010989 KA o As WW e a BK0111000FN book 2 Y 2009 8H26H KEA F 5I3 247 i Overview Instruments and Controls Instrument panel E Rear window demister switch P 3 68 Centre information display P 3 16 Mitsubishi Multi Communication System Refer to the separate Mitsubishi Multi Communication System Supplemental restraint system airbag owner s manual for front passenger P 2 50 Front air conditioning P 5 8 5 15 Side ventilators P 5 2 e ES Audio P 5 25 Glove box P 5 61 Sonar cancel switch P 4 66 Rear cooler switch P 5 22 Transfer shift lever P 4 28 Cigarette lighter P 5 54 Parking brake lever P 4 6 Floor console box P 5 62 Accessory socket P 5 55 Auxiliary Audio connector RCA Front console box P 5 61 P 5 40 Gearshift lever P 4 17 Ashtray P 5 53 Auxiliary Video connector RCA Selector lever P 4 19 P 5 40 Cup holder for front seats P 5 65 AAS5011162 KA o As SP _ p UY BK0111000EN b
188. h 15 km h such a way that an excessive increase in engine revo lution is prevented in situations where the accelera IES SAN 3S kr h tor pedal is depressed while the gearshift lever is in 3rd gear 110 km h 55 km h ae Ist as and the clutch pedal has been 4th gear 160 km h 85 km h epressed B gt 5th gear is an overdrive ratio and its use reduces engine speed 4 below that of the 4th gear Use Sth gear whenever vehicle NOTE speed allows for maximum fuel economy If it is hard to shift into 1st depress the clutch pedal again the shift will then be easier to make To shift into reverse from Sth gear move the gearshift lever to the N Neutral position and then shift it into reverse 4 18 4 WIP e o cls MZ 5 4 BK0111000EN book 19 Y 2009 8H26 P KEH F53 257 Automatic transmission INVECS II Sports Mode 5A T Intelligent amp Innovative Vehi cle Electronic Control System II E00603200589 Designed for optimum control and equipped with adaptive con trol capabilities the electronically controlled transmission opti mally matches gear shifts to almost all driving and road conditions A CAUTION This system is strictly intended to provide supple mentary functions When travelling downhill under certain conditions or immediately after starting off when the automatic transmission is cold no auto matic shiftdown may be made The driver should shiftdown to a lower gea
189. h item could be propelled away with great force and could prevent the curtain airbag from inflating correctly Hang clothes directly on the coat hook without using a hanger Make sure there are no heavy or sharp objects in the pockets of clothes that you hang on the coat hook Type 1 Type 2 CO AA3006551 a p 4 BK0111000EN book 1 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 4 For emergencies If the vehicle breaks down 6 2 SINS TUT SRINIMY once ch E eed deh coe 6 2 Engincioycthcatin caerea eae E ce mere 6 5 Bleeding the fuel system 6 7 Removal of water from the fuel filter 6 8 Tools jack and jack handle 6 10 Jacking upithevenicie Eeee en nit ret 6 13 S pare swhicell eerie saat us tetera ina re erie 6 18 Elowstoichanelaitylc per eee ee ee eee ree 6 24 Townes ea cree E te ee eee 6 29 Operation under adverse driving conditions 6 35 o o cis BKOI11000EN book 2 X 20094F8H 26H KEA PR SHFS 24 7 For emergencies If the vehicle breaks down E00800101049 If the vehicle breaks down on the road move it to the shoulder and use the hazard warning flashers and or the warning triangle etc Refer to Hazard warning flasher switch on page 3 61 If the engine stops fails Vehicle operation and control are affected if the engine stops Before moving the vehicle to a safe area be aware of
190. h the rear notch A insert the plate into the front notch B AA0064860 2 36 Centre seating position When the second centre 3 point type seat belt is not being used stow the latch plates as illustrated Qe a AA0098405 o NY e P d gt BK0111000EN book 37 Y 20094 8H26H ANEA Insert the latch plates A into the holder B A F53 2 47 AA0088691 Seat and seat belts Seat belt buckle storage Store the seat belt buckle in the storage pocket o Second seat AA3006825 2 37 L KA ps SY 5 4 cis BK0111000EN book 38 X 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Seat and seat belts Pregnant women restraint E00405600064 A WARNING Seat belts work for everyone including pregnant women Pregnant women should use the available seat belts This will reduce the likelihood of injury to both the woman and the unborn child The lap belt should be worn across the thighs and as snug against 2 the hips as possible but not across the waist Consult your doctor if you have any additional questions or concerns 2 38 Seat belt pre tensioner system and force limiter system 00405700052 The driver s seat and front passenger s seat each have a seat belt equipped with a pre tensioner system Pre tensioner system 00405801047 The pre tensioner system will retract their respective seat belts instantaneousl
191. h the vehicle as soon as possible parked place it in the shade as much as possible Seawater road deicing products When the temperature of the vehicle interior rises in sum Soot and dust iron powder from factories chemical sub mer vinyl products left on the genuine leather seat may stance acids alkalis coal tar etc deteriorate and stick to the seat Droppings from birds dead insects tree sap etc Washing E00900902188 Chemicals contained in the dirt and dust picked up from the road surface can damage the paint coat and body of your vehi cle if left in prolonged contact Frequent washing and waxing is the best way to protect your vehicle from this damage This will also be effective in protect ing it from environmental elements such as rain snow salt air etc Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Park the vehicle in the shade and spray it with water to remove dust Next using an ample amount of clean water and a car washing brush or sponge wash the vehicle from top to bottom Use a mild car washing soap if necessary Rinse thoroughly and wipe dry with a soft cloth After washing the vehicle care fully clean the joints and flanges of the doors engine hood 7 etc where dirt is likely to remain CY p6 Sp ee cis BKO111000EN book 5 Y 2009 8AH 26H KERA F 53243 Sea water spray in coastal conditions Sea water contains salt which generally accelerates corrosion of both ferrou
192. h wear of the brake pads but this does not indicate any abnormality If the brake fluid level falls markedly in a short length of time it indicates leaks from the brake system If this occurs have the vehicle checked by an authorized MIT SUBISHI MOTORS dealer 8 11 t W g is lt l Ip ig Ques E Beheaded F KERA Fi 5 IRF 3 2 4 Maintenance Fluid type Use brake fluid conforming to DOT3 or DOT4 from a sealed container The brake fluid is hygroscopic Too much moisture in the brake fluid will adversely affect the brake system reduc ing the brake performance A CAUTION Take care in handling brake fluid as it is harmful to the eyes may irritate your skin and also damage to painted surfaces Use only the specified brake fluid Do not mix or add different brand of brake fluid to prevent chemical reaction Do not let any petroleum based fluid touch mix with or get into the brake fluid This will damage the seals Keep the reservoir tank cap closed to prevent the brake fluid from deteriorating except maintenance Clean the filler cap before removing and close the cap securely after maintenance Clutch fluid E 01001000379 To check the fluid level The clutch fluid in the master cylinder should be checked when performing other underhood service In addition the system should be checked for leakage at the same time Check to make certain that the clutch fluid level i
193. he dipstick as far as it goes Remove the dipstick and read the oil level which should always be within the range indicated If the oil level is below the specified limit remove the cap located on the cylinder head cover and add enough oil to raise the level to within the specified range Be sure to use the specified engine oil and do not mix various types of oil Also avoid mixing different makes of oil together if possible After adding oil close the cap securely V S A nee Zs BKO111000EN book 7 Y 20094 8H26H KEA F53 24 gt Maintenance Selection of engine oil 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 C CH ie SAE 20W 40 i i NOTE AA0099750 The engine oil will deteriorate rapidly if the vehicle is subjected to severe conditions for example repeated operation on rough roads in mountainous regions on Select engine oil of the proper SAE viscosity number according to the atmospheric temperature Use engine oil conforming to the following classification roads with many uphill and downhill gradients or over ACEA classification short distances Consequently the oil will require earlier FOR SERVICE A3 B3 A3 B4 or A5 B5 replacement e API classification For handling of used engine oils refer to page 7 ROR SERVICE CF 4 NOTE Use of additives is not recommended since they may reduce the effectiveness of additives already included i
194. he light switch to the O position then leave the vehicle NOTE If you place the light switch in the 2042 position the lamps will not be automatically turned off 3 When one minute has passed the lamps will automati cally be turned off NOTE It is possible to disable the lamps auto cutout function For further information please contact your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer Lamp monitor buzzer 00506100445 If the driver s door is opened when the ignition key is in the LOCK or ACC position or removed from the ignition switch while the lamps are on a buzzer will sound to remind the driver to turn off the lamps When the lamp auto cutout function acts the buzzer will stop automatically When this function does not act turn off the lamp switch to stop the buzzer 3 58 AWB Zils BK0111000EN book 59 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSKFR3 257 F Dipper High Low beam change E00506200459 When the lamp switch is in the O position the beam changes from high to low or low to high each time the lever is pulled fully 1 While the high beam is on the high beam indi cator lamp in the instrument cluster will also illuminate AA0086482 o Instruments and controls Headlamp flasher E00506300317 The high beams flash when the lever is pulled slightly 2 and will go off when it is released When the high beam is on the high beam indicator lamp in
195. he plate from the buckle then remove the seat belt from the child restraint system o Seat and seat belts For some types of child restraint the locking clip A should be used to help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden manoeuvre It must be fitted and used in accordance with the child restraint manufacturer s instructions The locking clip must be removed when the child restraint is removed AA0008772 2 49 4 V IN V s cis BKO111000EN book 50 X 2009 8H26H 7 A dirty belt should be cleaned with neutral detergent in warm water After rinsing in water let it dry in the shade Do not attempt to bleach or re dye the belts because this Seat and seat belts Seat belt inspection E00406300446 Check the belts for cuts worn or frayed webbing and for cracked or deformed metallic parts Replace the belt assembly if defective affects their characteristics 2 ENEZ NTE All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer after any collision We recommend that seat belt assem blies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Do not attempt to repair or replace any part of the seat belt assemblies this work should be done by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer Failure to have an aut
196. he recirculation position for extended time may cause the windows to fog up AN OFF pusH AUTO x s AA0058096 5 Push the switch again and the air conditioning compressor will stop and the indicator lamp A goes off A CAUTION When using the air conditioning the idling speed may slightly increase as the air conditioning com pressor is switched on off automatically While the vehicle with an A T is stationary fully depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from creeping 5 18 Allis ibaa a BK0111000EN book 19 X 20094F8H26H KEH PHRSHFR3 257 For pleasant driving Operating the system in automatic mode The outlet port except 9 and blower speed and ON OFF 90704100850 of air conditioning will be controlled automatically To stop the system turn the blower speed selection dial to the OFF position A CAUTION When using the air conditioning the idling speed may slightly increase as the air conditioning com pressor is switched on off automatically While the vehicle with an A T is stationary fully depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from creeping NOTE When the temperature is set to the highest or the lowest AAOS setting under the AUTO operation the air selection mode 7 selection blower speed and the air conditioning will be In normal conditions use the system in the AUTO mode and automatically changed as follo
197. he selector lever is moved to the SHIFT UP position at certain vehi cle speeds Also to prevent over revving of the engine the transmission may refuse to perform a downshift when the lever is moved to the SHIFT DOWN position at certain vehicle speeds In sports mode downward shifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected o Starting and driving When driving away on a slippery road push the selector lever forward into the SHIFT UP position This causes the transmission to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving away on a slippery road Push the selector lever to the SHIFT DOWN side to shift back to the Ist gear Sports mode indicator E00612300342 In sports mode the currently selected position is indicated by the indicator A shown on the instrument panel AA0084651 4 23 ANZ lt Zils BKOLL1000EN book 24 Y 20094 8H 264 F KERA FAR 5 FB 2 4D Starting and driving When a malfunction occurs in the A T E00615100035 When the selector lever position indicator blinks E00615200094 When the selector lever position indicator blinks while you are driving there could be a malfunction in the A T system SOs eerrm m gt a lt NN through 4 A A AA3007213 4 24 NOTE If the selector lever posit
198. he selector lever in the N NEUTRAL position A T Release the parking brake A CAUTION Never tow an A T vehicle with the front wheels up and the rear wheels on the ground Type B when 6 the A T fluid level is low This may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission 6 31 J Zips BK0111000EN book 32 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 For emergencies If your vehicle is to be towed by another vehicle 1 The front towing hooks A and rear towing hook B are located as shown in the illustration Secure the tow rope to the towing hook Front AA0091392 NOTE Using any part other than the designated towing hooks could result in damage to the vehicle body AA0083045 Using a wire rope or metal chain can result in damage to the vehicle body It is best to use a non metallic rope If you use a wire rope or metal chain wrap it with cloth at any point where it touches the vehicle body 6 Use care that the tow rope is kept as horizontal as possi ble An angled tow rope can damage the vehicle body Secure the tow rope to the same side towing hook to keep the tow rope as straight as possible 6 32 4 iY BKO111000EN book 33 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F532 For emergencies 2 Keep the engine running 6 During towing make sure that close contact is maintained If the engine is not running turn the ignition key to the between the drive
199. he transfer shift lever A Shift the transfer shift lever to an appropriate position according to the road surface Taasi dii conditions In addition the 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp indicates the transfer shift lever shifting state Refer to 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp on page 4 32 lever position Rear wheel drive 2WD 4WD operation indi cator lamp E00605800215 Driving conditions When driving on dry paved road Full time 4 wheel drive The basic position for super select 4WD When driving on dry paved or slippery roads Vehicles with M T lt P Vehicles with A T Centre dif ferential lock engaged 4 wheel drive When driving on rough sand or snow covered roads 4 28 aa Low range centre dif ferential lock engaged 4 wheel drive A A Illuminate AA3006001 E Remain off When driving up or down steep hills on rough or muddy roads especially when increased torque is required o AW E BK0111000EN book 29 Y 2009 8H26 P KEH F53 257 NOTE On vehicles with A T when the transfer shift lever is in ALLc the transmission will not shift into the overdrive gear A CAUTION The 4LLc range gives maximum torque for low speed driving on steep slopes as well as sandy muddy and other difficult surfaces On vehicles with A T do not exceed speeds of approximately
200. head restraints are installed and properly positioned when the seat is occupied Never place a cushion or similar device on the seat back This can adversely affect head restraint per formance by increasing the distance between your head and the restraint 367 2 13 m a a eo BK0111000EN book 14 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 Seat and seat belts To adjust height Adjust the head restraint height so that the centre of the restraint is as close as possible to eye level to reduce the chances of injury in the event of collision Any person too tall for the restraint to reach their seated eye level should adjust the restraint as high as possible To raise the head restraint move it upward To lower the restraint move it downward while pushing the height adjusting knob A in the direction of the arrow After adjustment push the head restraint downward and make sure that it is locked AG0005535 2 14 To remove Lift the head restraint with the height adjusting knob A pushed in To install Confirm that the head restraint is facing the correct direction and then insert it into the seatback while pressing the height adjusting knob A in the direction indicated by the arrow AG0005522 oe ad bs IZ A BK0111000EN book 15 Y 20094F8H26H8H KERA F53 24 Seat and seat belts A CAUTION A CAUTION Confirm that the height adjusting knob A is cor
201. hen the ignition switch is turned to the ON position You can deactivate the system by pressing the ASC OFF switch 4 when the vehicle speed is below about 40 km h To reactivate the active stability control function press the ASC OFF switch again It is strongly recommended that the active stabil ity control function normally be kept activated 4 55 SA d Zils BK0111000EN book 56 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 Starting and driving j Type 1 Active Traction Control function E00617000025 On slippery surfaces active traction control function prevents the drive wheels from excessive spinning thus helping the vehicle to start moving from a stop It also provides sufficient driving force and steering performance as the vehicle turns at accelerated speeds A CAUTION When driving a vehicle on a snowy or icy road be sure to install snow tyres and drive the vehicle at moderate speeds AA3006766 NOTE If the vehicle speed increases to about 120 km h with the active stability control function deactivated the active sta bility control function automatically starts operating To subsequently stop the active stability control function stop the vehicle and press the ASC OFF switch again 4 4 56 4 AVA Gs a BK0111000EN book 57 X 20094F8H26H KEH PROKFR3 257 Starting and driving ASTC indicator lamp ASTC OFF indicator A CAUTION
202. hen you intend to apply the parking brake firmly the parking brake lever sufficiently to hold the vehicle and press the brake pedal to bring the vehicle to a com then move the gearshift lever to 1st on an uphill or Reverse plete stop before pulling the parking brake lever on a downhill position for vehicles with M T or set the selec Pulling the parking brake lever with the vehicle tor lever to P PARK position for vehicles with A T moving could make the rear wheels lock up thereby 7 making the vehicle unstable It could also make the To apply the parking brake parking brake malfunction NOTE Apply sufficient force to the parking brake lever to hold the vehicle stationary after the foot brake is released If the parking brake does not hold the vehicle stationary after the foot brake is released contact your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer AA0084622 1 Firmly depress and hold the brake pedal then pull the lever up without pushing the button at the end of hand grip Y KY a z E BKO111000EN book 7 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 F To release the parking brake AA0084619 l Firmly depress and hold the brake pedal then pull the lever up slightly 2 Push the button at the end of hand grip 3 Lower the lever fully When parking on a hill apply the parking brake and turn the front wheels towards the kerb on a downhill grade away from the kerb on an uphill
203. hicles fails to oper The fuel gauge indicates the fuel level in the fuel tank when the ate due to running out of fuel it may sometimes be diffi ignition switch is in the ON position cult to start after refueling This is due to air entering the fuel system Therefore air must be bled from the system Refer to Bleeding the fuel system on page 6 7 Fuel lid mark The fuel lid mark A indicates that the fuel tank filler door is located on the left side of the vehicle Refer to Filling the fuel tank on page 3 AA0085603 F Full E Empty A CAUTION Do not drive with an extremely low fuel level run ning out of fuel could cause damage to the fuel sys tem Y a BKO111000EN book 7 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 Instruments and controls Low fuel warning lamp Water temperature gauge E00508100683 E00500800437 The warning lamp A comes on when the fuel level is getting The water temperature gauge indicates the engine coolant tem low approx 10 litres with the ignition switch in the ON perature when the ignition switch is in the ON position position Refuel as soon as possible AA0085629 AA0085616 con A CAUTION On inclines or curves due to the movement of fuel in the If the indication needle enters the H zone while the tank the low fuel warning lamp may indicate incorrectly engine is running it indicates that the engine is
204. horized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer perform the work could reduce the effective ness of the belts and could result in serious injury in the event of a collision Once the pre tensioner has activated it cannot be 2 50 e re used It must be replaced together with the retractor KERA F53 2 4 Supplemental restraint system SRS air bag 00407201771 The information written in this supplemental restraint system SRS section contains important points concerning the driver front passenger side and curtain airbags The SRS driver and front passenger airbags are designed to supplement the primary protection of the driver and front pas senger side seat belt systems by providing those occupants with protection against head and chest injuries in certain mod erate to severe frontal collisions The SRS side airbag if so equipped is designed to supplement the properly worn seat belts and provide the driver and front passenger with protection against chest injury in certain moder ate to severe side impact collisions The SRS curtain airbags if so equipped are designed to sup plement the properly worn seat belts and provide the driver and passengers with protection against head injuries in certain moderate to severe side impact collisions The SRS is NOT a substitute for the seat belts for maximum protection in all types of crashes and accidents seat belts should ALWAYS be worn by everyone who drives or rides in this
205. icate severe and abnormal catalyst overheating If this occurs the vehicle should be stopped in a safe place the engine switched off and the vehicle allowed to cool Once the engine is cool a service including a tune up to manufacturer s specifications should be obtained immediately 8 3 ae Z bs a BKO111000EN book 4 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 i Maintenance To open Engine hood E01000302106 Pull the release lever towards you to unlock the engine hood a a AA0083641 Raise the engine hood while pressing the safety lock AA0083654 NOTE Only open the engine hood when the wipers are in the parked position Failure to do so may cause damage to the engine hood wiper arms or windscreen t SA lt NZ TE E BK0111000EN book 5 Y 20094 8H26H KRH FR 53 257 Support the engine hood by inserting the support bar in its slot AA0083667 A CAUTION Note that the support bar may disengage the engine hood if the open engine hood is lifted by a strong wind After inserting the support bar into the slot make sure the bar supports the engine hood securely from falling down on to your head or body o Maintenance To close Unlatch the support bar and clip it in its holder Slowly lower the engine hood to a position about 30 cm above the closed position then let it drop Make sure the engine ho
206. icates the distance travelled during a particu lar trip or period There are two tripmeter displays TRIPLA and TRIP A Bl can be used to measure the distance the current trip began At the same time TRIP to measure the distance from an intermediate location Every time the reset button C is pressed lightly less than 1 second the tripmeter display changes between TRIP A and travelled since B can be used Type 1 AA0085573 LP AVY s n 4 a BKO111000EN book 5 Y 20094F8H26H KEHA F532 F Type 2 Pa TRIP IZ J LA AA0085586 To reset the tripmeter To return the display to 0 press the reset button C for more than 1 second Only the currently displayed value will be reset If TRIPA reset is displayed for example only TRIP A will be Instruments and controls NOTE o Display TRIP A and B each have a maximum distance of 999 9 km When disconnecting the battery terminal for a long time the memory of tripmeter display TRIP cleared and the display returns to 0 A and are 3 5 4 AYA Zs P l a BKO111000EN book 6 Y 2OO9Z8SH26H KERA 4ABSHES 24 gt Instruments and controls Fuel gauge NOTE 1500500700814 When the engine on diesel powered ve
207. ident might occur When folding the seat be sure not to catch your hand or leg Folding the second seats E00403800105 To create luggage space you can fold the second seats If your vehicle is equipped with the third seat by folding the second seat you can get in and out easier A WARNING When driving the vehicle do not allow anyone to sit on the third seat if the second seat is in the folded down position The second seat could tip rearward in the event of hard braking or a collision resulting in serious injuries To fold 1 Adjust the angle of the front seatbacks in the upright posi tion Refer to To recline the seatback on page 2 7 2 Place each head restraint in its lowest position Refer to Head restraints on page 2 13 3 Move the second seat fully backward Refer to To adjust forward or backward on page 2 10 NOTE If you do not move the second seat fully backward you will not be able to fold the second seat SPs IS UY BK0111000EN book 17 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Seat and seat belts 4 Pull the seatback lock lever A then tilt the seatback for 5 Lift the whole seat forward ward AA0081487 AA0098317 KA As SY 5 2 cis BK0111000EN book 18 X 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Seat and seat belts j 6 Securely retain the second seat by hooking the retaining To return 1 Remove the retaining ba
208. ighttime e When the light of the sun or the light from a vehicle s headlamps shines directly into the lens When an extremely bright spot is shown on the screen colour smearing a characteristic of CCD cam eras can occur 4 73 4 AW o ps MZ 3 4 BK0111000EN book 74 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 Starting and driving Colour smearing When an extremely bright spot for Cargo loads example sunlight that has reflected off the bumper is Pace han it shown on the screen it appears to leave a vertical trail If the camera is hot and is then cooled by rain or a car wash the lens can mist up This phenomenon does not indicate a malfunction Cargo loads precautions A CAUTION It is not possible to fully see obstacles when the lens is When loading luggage be careful to the following dirty If the lens becomes contaminated by water droplets e Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compart snow mud or oil wipe off the contamination taking care ment whenever possible not to scratch the lens f e Distribute cargo or luggage evenly not to be unbal Please observe the following cautions Ignoring them anced in mass ofa load could lead to a camera malfunction Do not place cargo or luggage on the instrument e Do not subject the camera to physical shock panel Do not apply wax to the camera _ Also do not stack up cargo or luggage on the front e Do not splash the cam
209. ing and possibly cause an accident 6 36 L BK0111000EN book 1 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 4 Vehicle care Vehicle care precautions l 2 Cleaning the interior of your vehicle 7 3 Cleaning the exterior of your vehicle 7 4 o o cis BKO111000EN book 2 Y 2009 8H26H KEA F53 24 gt Vehicle care Vehicle care precautions A CAUTION In order to maintain the value of your vehicle it is necessary to Cleaning products can be dangerous Some are poi perform regular maintenance using the proper procedures sonous Others can burst into flame if you strike a Always maintain your vehicle in compliance with any environ match or drop them on a hot part of the vehicle mental pollution control regulations Carefully select the mate Some are dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a rials used for washing etc to be sure that they do not contain closed space When you use anything in a container corrosives if in doubt contact your authorized MITSUBISHI to clean your vehicle always follow the instructions MOTORS dealer for assistance in the selection of these materi and always open your vehicle doors or windows als when you re cleaning the inside Never use the fol lowing to clean your vehicle e Petrol e Paint Thinner e Benzine e Kerosene e Turpentine e Naphtha Lacquer Thinner e Carbon Tetrachloride e Nail Polish Remover e Acetone Thes
210. input connector 2 Press the CD button D for more than 2 seconds The dis play E will show AUX and then the external audio input mode will be activated 3 To deactivate the external audio input mode press the AM button F or the FM button G or the CD button D to switch to another mode e o For pleasant driving A CAUTION Do not operate the connected audio equipment while driving This could distract you and an accident might occur NOTE The connected audio equipment cannot be operated with the vehicle s audio system Depending on the connected audio equipment it may pro duce noise from the speakers Use the connected audio equipment s own power source such as its battery Noise may be produced from the speakers if the connected audio equipment is used while charging it using the acces sory socket of the vehicle Do not activate the external audio input mode when no audio equipment is connected Otherwise noise may be produced from the speakers Connect audio equipment when the external audio input mode is deactivated or lower the vehicle s speaker volume before connecting it Noise may be produced from the speakers if audio equip ment is connected after the external audio input mode is activated For information on how to connect and operate the audio equipment refer to the owner s manual for the equipment 5 41 5 o ad bs Zils BK011
211. int thinners and sulphuric acid battery electrolyte which may crack stain or discolour the plastic parts If they touch the plastic parts wipe them off with soft cloth chamois or the like and an aqueous solu tion of neutral detergent then immediately rinse the affected parts with water Chrome parts E00901400014 In order to prevent spots and corrosion of chrome parts wash with water dry thoroughly and apply a special protective coat ing This should be done more frequently in winter 7 AA d cis BKO111000EN book 8 X 200948H26H KER F53 257 Vehicle care Aluminium wheels E00901500419 1 Remove dirt using a sponge while sprinkling water on the wheel 2 Use neutral detergent on any dirt that cannot be removed easily with water Rinse off the neutral detergent after washing the wheel 3 Dry the wheel thoroughly using a chamois leather or a soft cloth A CAUTION Do not use a brush or other hard implement on the wheels Doing so could scratch the wheels Do not use any cleaner that contains an abrasive substance or is acidic or alkaline Doing so could cause the coating on the wheels to peel or become discoloured or stained Do not directly apply hot water using a steam cleaner or by any other means Contact with seawater and road deicer can cause corrosion Rinse off such substances as soon as pos sible Window glass E00901600029 The window glass can
212. ion is in the P PARK R REVERSE or N NEUTRAL position the indicator does not blink A CAUTION If the selector lever position indicator blinks while you are driving it is likely that a safety device is operating because of a malfunction in the A T Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized MITSUBI SHI MOTORS dealer as soon as possible The selector lever position indicator warning func tion does not operate with the selector lever in the P PARK R REVERSE or N NEUTRAL position e o t ANZ is AW E BK0111000EN book 25 Y 2009 8H26 KEH F53 247 When the A T fluid temperature warning lamp comes on E00615300112 The A T fluid temperature warning lamp comes on when the A T fluid temperature becomes abnormally high Normally the warning lamp comes on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and then will go out after a few seconds AA0084664 A CAUTION If the lamp comes on reduce the engine speed and stop the vehicle in a safe area Then set the selector lever to P PARK position and idle the engine until the warning lamp goes off When the warning lamp goes off resume normal driving If the warn ing lamp does not go off please have your vehicle inspected by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer o Starting and driving Operation of the A T E00604200384 A CAUTION
213. ise while press ing it AA0093963 8 46 6 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse NOTE Before mounting the lamp unit confirm to exist the gasket E When mounting the lamp unit align the pin F and hole G on the lamp unit with the hole I and clip H in the body AA0085788 PR ls IZ a e a BKO111000EN book 47 Y 20094F8H26H8H KIA PR ORERS 24 gt Maintenance Tail lamps 3 Remove the socket and bulb assembly together by turning E01004300054 it anticlockwise 1 Open the tailgate Refer to Tailgate on page 1 11 2 Insert a straight blade or minus screwdriver into the notch of the cover and pry gently to remove the cover AA0087476 AA0087463 NOTE Wrap a piece of cloth around the tip of the screwdriver in order to avoid scratching the lens and the body 8 47 NY o do MY Pee a E BK0111000EN book 48 Y 20094F8H268H KERA FF5324 i Maintenance 4 Remove the bulb by pulling out Reversing lamps E01004400244 1 Remove the socket and bulb assembly by turning it anti clockwise AA0056294 5 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse AA0087489 8 48 i AVA Gs IZ a e a BKO111000EN book 49 Y 20094F8H26H8H KIA FF5324 Maintenance 2 Remove the
214. itch requirements as specified are minimum requirements only and MIT SUBISHI MOTORS recommend that a trailer brake and a load distributing hitch is used whenever you are towing to improve stopping distance and towing stability When using a load distributing hitch the load on the trailer tyres increases Do not exceed the trailer tyre load rating With all towing operations it is important to limit the towing vehicle payload as noted Failure to do so may result in exceeding the maximum load rating of the tyres This rating is marked on the tyre placard and may also be displayed on the tyre sidewall Setting up for towing Having established compliance with the State regulations for permissible towing loads and brake hitch requirements adjust the position of the load in the trailer to achieve the specifica tion requirements Select the appropriate hitch combination which is to be used in conjunction with the MITSUBISHI MOTORS approved parts towbar If you use the load distributing hitch it must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions e o Starting and driving It is recommended that two safety chains are used The chains should be crossed under the trailer draw bar so that the draw bar is prevented from touching the ground if it becomes detached from the vehicle The chains must not stop the trailer from turning freely Correct load rated shackles must be used to attach the chains In some stat
215. ition causing a serious accident AA0094133 4 p 4 AW E BK0111000EN book 18 Y 2009 8H26 KEH F53 247 For emergencies A WARNING Stop jacking up the vehicle as soon as the tyre is raised off the ground It is dangerous to raise the vehicle any higher Do not get under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack use vehicle support stands Do not bump the raised vehicle or leave it sitting on the jack for a long time Both are very dangerous Do not use a jack except the one that came with your vehicle The jack should not be used for any purpose other than to change a tyre No one should be in your vehicle when using the jack Do not start or run the engine while your vehicle is on the jack Do not turn the raised wheel The tyres still on the ground could turn and make your vehicle fall off the jack Spare wheel 00801101479 The spare wheel is stored under the rear of the body AA0082497 A Spare wheel Check the air pressure of the spare wheel frequently and make sure it is ready for emergency use at any time Maintaining the spare wheel at the highest specified air pres sure will ensure that it can always be used under any conditions city high speed driving varying load weight etc o t MZ 5 4 BKOLLLOOOEN book 19 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For emergencies A CAUTION To remove When removing the spare
216. itself pull it out and have the problem cor rected at an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS E00711501169 The cigarette lighter can be used while the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position pO dealer Do not use any electric appliance that is not approved by MITSUBISHI MOTORS Doing so could damage the socket If you used the cigarette lighter after damaging the socket the cigarette lighter might pop out or fail to come out after being pushed in Do not leave the cigarette lighter pushed in or insert the cigarette lighter from another vehicle Other wise the lighter may overheat and cause fire When the cigarette lighter socket is used as a power source for an electric appliance be sure that the AA0082732 1 Push all the way in The cigarette lighter will automatically return to its original position with a click when ready Pull it out for use After use insert the cigarette lighter to its original position in the socket NOTE Do not leave the cigarette lighter removed from its socket because the socket might become clogged by foreign material and be short circuited electric appliance operates at 12 V and has an elec tric capacity of 120 W or less In addition long use of the electric appliance without running the engine may run down the battery 5 54 H E Allis g Zils BK0111000EN book 55 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSHFR3 257 For pleasant drivi
217. ity normally provided When freezing has occurred and mirrors fail to operate as the mirror could lead to an accident intended please refrain from repeated pushing of the retractor switch as this action can result in burn out of the mirror motor circuits 4 12 4 a BKOI11000EN book 13 Y 2009 F8H260 KIB PR 5S 257 Starting and driving Ignition switch NOTE Oo l _ 00601401571 As your vehicle is equipped with an electronic immobi liser to start the engine the ID code which the trans ponder inside the key sends must match the one registered to the immobiliser computer Refer to Electronic immobiliser on page 1 3 To remove the key E00620400111 When removing the key push the key in at the ACC position and keep it depressed until it is turned to the LOCK position and remove it AA0084781 LOCK The engine is stopped and the steering wheel locked The key can only be inserted and removed in this position ACC The engine is stopped but the audio system and other electrical devices can be operated ON The engine is running and all the vehicle s electrical devices can be operated START The starter motor operates After the engine has started release the key and it will automatically return to the ON position AA0086831 4 13 AWB AW E BK0111000EN book 14 Y 2009 8H26 P KEH F53 257 Starti
218. ized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer e No buzzer operation buzzer disabled e Continuous buzzer operation o Instruments and controls t AA Ei cis BKO111000EN book 16 X 2009 8H26H KERA F53 2 4 Instruments and controls Centre information display E00517800237 A WARNING When operating the system for a prolonged period make sure the vehicle is parked in a well ventilated area to avoid the accumulation of toxic fumes inside and outside of the passenger compartment A CAUTION The driver should not operate the display while the vehicle is in motion When operating the system stop the vehicle in a safe area When the ignition switch is turned to ACC position the screen switches on automatically 3 16 NOTE Placing a cellular phone in the monitor s small storage compartment may weaken the phone s reception This does not indicate a fault with the system Use of wireless devices such as transceivers or a cellular phone near the monitor may make the following condition on the display This does not indicate a fault with the sys tem e The screen goes dark temporarily e The compass may not show the correct direction Depending on the angle of view you may see reddish hor izontal lines on the monitor The lines are a characteristic of the vacuum fluorescent display VFD used in the mon itor They do not indicate a fault VA BK0111000EN
219. jury in roll overs e Make sure all vehicle occupants are always prop rear impact collisions and in lower speed frontal erly restrained using the available seat belts collisions because driver s and passenger s air e With seat belts properly fastened the driver and bags are not designed to inflate in those situations passengers should sit well back and upright with e Seat belts reduce the risk of being thrown from out leaning against the window or door your vehicle in a collision or roll over z gt 4 MZ ee F 7 BKO111000EN book 52 Y 20094F8AH 26H KERA FRR SHFS 277 Seat and seat belts A WARNING A WARNING Do not sit on the edge of the seat or lean head or Infants and small children should never be unre chest close to the steering wheel or instrument panel strained stand up against the instrument panel or Do not put feet or legs on or against the instrument held in your arms or on your lap They could be seri panel ously injured or killed in a collision including when Place all infants and small children in the rear seat the airbag inflates They should be properly seated and properly restrained using an appropriate child in the rear seat in an appropriate child restraint sys restraint system tem See the Child restraint section of this owner s The rear seat is the safest for infants and children manual AA0008554 AA0008567 2 52 4 BK011
220. just before the window is fully closed This allows the window to close completely Therefore be especially careful that no fingers are trapped in the window NOTE The safety mechanism can be activated if the driving con ditions or other circumstances cause the door windows to be subjected to a physical shock similar to that caused by a trapped hand or head 1 18 Ifthe safety mechanism is activated three or more times in a row the safety mechanism will be cancelled and the door window will not close correctly In such a case the following procedure should be imple mented to rectify this situation If the window is open repeatedly raise the driver s door window switch until that window has been fully closed Following this release the switch raise the switch once again and hold it in this con dition for at least 1 second then release it You should now be able to operate in the normal fashion V s l Ass p AW E BK0111000EN book 19 Y 2009 8H26 P KEH F53 257 Sunroof E00302700959 The sunroof can only be operated with the ignition switch in the ON position Z E AA0085687 1 Tilt up 2 Close Tilt down 3 Open To open press the switch 3 To stop the moving sunroof press the switch 1 or 2 NOTE The sunroof automatically stops just before reaching the fully open position to reduce wind throbs Press the switch agai
221. l sufficiently before touching it You could otherwise be burnt NOTE If you are unsure of how to carry out the work as required it is recommended that these procedures be carried out by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer Be careful not to scratch the vehicle body when removing a lamp or lens When it rains or when the vehicle has been washed the inside of the lens sometimes becomes foggy This is the same phenomenon as when window glass mists up on a humid day and does not indicate a functional problem When the lamp is switched on the heat will remove the fog However if water gathers inside the lamp please go to an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer for a check 8 33 o amp MP a Hp cis BK0111000EN book 34 Y 20094F8H26H KEH PROKFR3 257 Maintenance Bulb capacity Outside E01003200056 E01003302107 When replacing a bulb use a new bulb with the same wattage cos and colour Front A CAUTION Using bulbs with higher wattage may cause heat damage to the vehicle components or may cause fire AA0083 162 1 Headlamps high beam 60 W HB3 2 Headlamps low beam 55 W H11 3 Position lamps 5 W W5W 4 Front turn signal lamps 21 W PY21W 5 Side turn signal lamps 5 W WY5W 6 Front fog lamps 55 W H11 Codes in parentheses indicate bulb types 4 IZ J is IN a BKO111000EN book 35 Y 20094F8H26H0H
222. lamp out of the body Front AA0083306 no NOTE Wrap a piece of cloth around the tip of the screwdriver in order to avoid scratching the lens and the body AA0083292 8 40 i VY e o a MY P 7 cis BKO111000EN book 41 Y 20094F8H2680 KERA PR SRES 24 gt Maintenance 3 Remove the bulb by pulling out 4 To install the bulb perform the removal steps in reverse NOTE When replacing the lamp assembly push in the end facing o the rear of the vehicle first CY Front Sy af P J AA0083319 L 8 41 4 ANZ o Zic KZ baa j a BK0111000EN book 42 Y 20094F8H26H8H KERA FF5324 i Maintenance Front fog lamps 2 Turn the 3 bolts A anticlockwise to remove them And 01004001322 then remove the lamp assembly 1 Insert a straight blade or minus screwdriver at the edge of the cover and pry gently to remove the cover AA0083335 AA0083322 NOTE Wrap a piece of cloth around the tip of the screwdriver in order to avoid scratching the lens and the body 8 42 i S7 a BKO111000EN book 43 Y 20094F8H26H8H KEA PR ORERS 24 gt Maintenance 3 Depress the tab B on the harness connector and pull the 4 Turn the bulb D anticlockwise to remove it harness connector C to remove it AA0083351
223. ld the COAST SET switch B while driving at 4 sired cruising speed the set speed and your speed will slow down gradually When you reach your desired speed release the switch Your new cruising speed is now set 7 AB AG0001335 AG0001322 To slow down your speed in small amounts press the COAST SET switch for less than about 1 second and release it Each time you press the COAST SET switch your vehicle will slow down by about 1 6 km h 4 63 L SD MP Hp cis BK0111000EN book 64 X 20094F8H26H KEH PHROKFR3 257 Starting and driving To temporarily increase or decrease the speed To temporarily decrease the speed 00619500024 Depress the brake pedal to decrease the speed To return to the previously set speed press the ACC RES switch C To temporarily increase the speed P A p Refer to To resume the set speed on page 4 66 Depress the accelerator pedal as you would normally When you release the pedal you will return to your set speed AG0005984 AA0001395 4 IZ J is IN AW E BK0111000EN book 65 Y 2009478 AH260H KEH PR 5IES 24 Starting and driving To deactivate When the active stability amp traction control ASTC starts E00609700951 operating The set speed driving can be deactivated as follows Refer to Active stability amp traction control ASTC on Pres
224. leading to an accident NOTE The chocks shown in the illustration do not come with your vehicle It is recommended that you keep ones in the vehicle for use if needed If chocks are not available use stones or any other objects that are large enough to hold the wheel in position o a p 4 SY 5 4 cis BK0111000EN book 15 X 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 F AA0094087 o For emergencies NOTE When jacking up the rear of the vehicle turn the tip of the jack so that the grooved portion E properly meets the D Rear jacking point A WARNING Set the jack only at the positions shown here If the jack is set at a wrong position it could dent your vehicle or the jack might fall over and cause per sonal injury Do not use the jack on a tilted or soft surface Other wise the jack might slip and cause personal injury Always use the jack on a flat hard surface Before setting the jack make sure there are no sand or peb bles under the jack base designated point AA0094090 t 9 Zs BKOLL1OOOEN book 16 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For emergencies To raise the vehicle 2 Insert the jack handle in the bracket of the jack and hook 1 Using the jack handle turn the release valve F clockwise i G on the jack handle end to the claw H of the racket until it stops U Move the jack handle up and down to raise the ram until just before th
225. ll roads in order to prevent the brakes from overheating Warning lamp The brake warning lamp illuminates to indicate a fault in the braking system Read Brake warning lamp on page ss A WARNING 3 Do not leave any objects near the brake pedal or let a floor mat slide under it doing so could prevent the full pedal stroke that would be necessary in an emer gency Make sure that the pedal can be operated freely at all times Make sure the floor mat is securely held in place r p p9 MP 5 aes cis BK0111000EN book 50 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOHFR3 257 Starting and driving Brake pads Avoid hard braking situations New brakes need to be broken in by moderate use for the first 200 km The disc brakes are provided with a warning device which emits a shrieking metallic sound while braking if the brake pads have reached their wear limit If you hear this sound have the brake pads replaced immediately by your MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer A WARNING Driving with worn brake pads will make it harder to stop and can cause an accident 4 50 Anti lock brake system ABS The anti lock brake system ABS helps prevent the wheels from locking up when braking This helps maintain vehicle drivability and steering wheel handling Driving hints Always keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Even if your vehicle is equipped with the ABS leave a greater braking distance when
226. ll the fuse lid A to remove it Remove the fuse puller B from the fuse lid A ji Ww N c D AA0083090 C Fuse is OK D Blown fuse NOTE AA0083117 If any system does not function but the fuse corresponding to that system is normal there may be a fault in the system elsewhere Have your vehicle checked by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer 8 32 4 p e o ig SY 5 2 cis BK0111000EN book 33 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSHR3 257 F 5 Insert a new fuse of the same capacity by using the fuse puller into the same place at the fuse block AG0002752 A CAUTION If the newly inserted fuse blows again after a short time have the electrical system checked by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer to find the cause and rectify it Never use a fuse with a capacity larger than that specified or any substitute such as wire foil etc doing so will cause the circuit wiring to heat up and could cause a fire o Maintenance Replacement of lamp bulbs E01003100680 Before replacing a bulb ensure the lamp is off Do not touch the glass part of the new bulb with your bare fingers the skin oil left on the glass will evaporate when the bulb gets hot and the vapor will condense on the reflector and dim the surface A CAUTION Bulbs are extremely hot immediately after being turned off When replacing a bulb wait for it to coo
227. llustration to ensure that the retainers are cor rectly aligned as you attach them AA3001992 4 Insert the wiper blade into the arm starting with the oppo site end of the blade from the stopper Make sure the hook B is fitted correctly in the grooves in the blade NOTE If retainers are not supplied with the new wiper blade use the retainers from the old blade 8 24 5 Push the wiper blade until the hook B engages securely with the stopper A AA0007296 NOTE When returning the wiper arms to the windscreen first put the passenger s side wiper arm back in place and then the driver s side wiper arm e o t ZIN NW sy cis BKO111000EN book 25 Y 20094F8H26H8H KIA F53 24 Maintenance Rear window wiper blade 4 Firmly insert the retainer C into the groove D in the 1 Lift the wiper arm off the window glass wiper blade 2 Pull the wiper blade downward to disengage it from the Refer to the illustration to ensure that the retainers are cor stopper A at the end of the wiper arm Pull the wiper rectly aligned as you insert them into the groove blade further to remove it 3 Slide a new wiper blade through the hook B on the wiper arm AA0023151 NOTE Do not allow the wiper arm to fall onto the window glass it could damage the glass amp OOS NOTE If a retainer is not supplied with the new wiper blade use
228. lt Make sure the parking brake is applied Depress and hold the brake pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal M T On vehicles with M T place the gearshift lever in the N Neutral position On vehicles with A T make sure the selector lever is in the P PARK position Vehicles with M T Vehicles with A T AA0067193 6 Turn the ignition key to the ON position The diesel preheat indicator lamp will first illuminate and then after a short time go out indicating that preheating is completed e o t A bs Zils BK0111000EN book 17 X 20094F8H26H AEA F53 257 Starting and driving NOTE l Manual transmission If the engine is cold the diesel preheat indicator lamp is E00602000447 on for a longer time The shift pattern is shown on the gearshift lever knob Be sure When the engine has not been started within about 5 sec to always fully depress the clutch pedal before attempting to onds after the diesel preheat indicator lamp went out shift the lever return the ignition key to the LOCK position Then turn the key to the ON position to preheat the engine again When the engine is warm the diesel preheat indicator lamp does not come on even if the ignition key is placed in the ON position Start the engine by turning the ignition key right to the START position 7 Turn the ignition key to the START position
229. ly and smoothly Selecting 4HLc or 4LLc position to drive on dry However note that the braking distance is not shorter than that paved road will increase the fuel consumption with of arent wheel dave vehicle possible noise generation and early tyre wear When using 4 wheel drive on rough roads snow mud sand etc it is important to operate the vehicle correctly It may also increase the differential oil temperature resulting in possible damage to the driving system Further the drive train will be subjected to excessive NOTE loading possibly leading to oil leakage component The driving posture should be more upright and closer to seizure or other serious faults the wheel than usual adjust the seat to a good position for easy steering and pedal operation Be sure to wear the seat 4 belt After driving on rough roads check each part of the vehi cle and wash it thoroughly with water Refer to the Vehi cle care section and Inspection and maintenance following rough road operation on page 4 45 4 41 4 Sp p i BKO111000EN book 42 Y 200948AH 26H KERA F532 Starting and driving Driving on snowy or icy roads Driving on sandy or muddy roads Set the transfer shift lever to 4H or 4HLc position in Set the transfer shift lever to 4HLc or 4LLc position and accordance with the road conditions and then gradually then gradually depress the accelerator pedal
230. m 2ps i 2 2kgfiem 29p si 2 0kgfiem 36 p s i 2 5 kgf cm Check the tyre inflation pressure of all the tyres while they are cold if insufficient or excessive adjust to the specified value After the tyre inflation pressure has been adjusted check the tyres for damage and air leaks Be sure to put caps on the valves 8 17 NZ lt IP a a BK0111000EN book 18 Y 20094 8H26H AKA Maintenance Wheel condition F53 257 E01001800830 1 Location of the tread wear indicator 2 Tread wear indicator AA0002549 Check the tyres for cuts cracks and other damage Replace the tyres if there are deep cuts or cracks Also check each tyre for pieces of metal or pebbles The use of worn tyres can be very dangerous because of the greater chance of skidding or hydroplaning The tread depth of the tyres must exceed 1 6 mm in order for the tyres to meet the minimum requirement for use 8 Tread wear indicators will appear on the surface of the tyre as the tyre wears thereby indicating that the tyre no longer meets the minimum requirement for use When these wear indicators appear the tyres must be replaced with new ones 8 18 Check that the wheel nuts are tightened correctly Refer to the section entitled For emergencies for information concerning replacement of the tyres NOTE The mark and the location of the tyre tread wear indicators are different depending on tyre m
231. main gate B In sports mode gear shifts can be made rapidly simply by mov ing the selector lever backward and forward In contrast to a manual transmission the sports mode allows gear shifts with the accelerator pedal depressed SHIFT DOWN AA0084778 SHIFT UP Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear SHIFT DOWN Pull the lever backward once to shift down one gear MZ 5 4 a BK0111000EN book 23 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 F E A CAUTION In sports mode the driver must execute upward shifts in accordance with prevailing road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone By rapidly moving the selector lever backward SHIFT DOWN twice it is possible to skip one gear i e 3rd to 1st 4th to 2nd or 5th to 3rd Since sudden engine braking and or rapid acceleration can cause a loss of traction downshifts must be made carefully in accordance with the vehicle s speed NOTE The upward shift may be made automatically in sports mode when the engine revolutions rises and approaches the tachometer s red zone the red coloured part of the tachometer dial In sports mode only the 5 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the selector lever to the R REVERSE or P PARK position as required To maintain good running performance the transmission may refuse to perform an upshift when t
232. mper cable to the positive in P PARK or a M T in N Neutral Turn off the terminal of the discharged battery A and the other end ignition switch to the positive terminal of the booster battery B A WARNING Turn off the ignition on both vehicles beforehand Make sure that the cables or your clothes can not be caught by the fan or drive belt Personal injury could result U Turn off all lamps heater and other electrical loads 4 Make sure battery electrolyte is at the proper level Refer to Battery on page 8 14 If electrolyte fluid is not visible or appears to be fro zen Do Not Attempt Jump Starting A battery might rupture or explode if the tempera ture is below the freezing point or if it is not filled to the proper level AA0092298 6 Connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery B and the other end to the engine block of the vehicle with the discharged battery at the point farthest from the battery 6 NOTE Open the cover before connecting the jumper cable to the positive terminal of the battery Refer to Battery on page 8 15 A WARNING Be sure to observe the connecting sequence of O gt 8 BK0111000EN book 4 Y 20094 8H26H KEH F53 247 F For emergencies A WARNING Make sure that the connection is made to the appointed position shown in the illustration I
233. n the engine oil It may result in failure of the mechanical assembly 8 8 7 NY o do P d gt BKO111000EN book 8 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F532 Maintenance Engine coolant E01000501404 The engine coolant contains an ethylene glycol anti corrosion agent The cylinder head and water pump housing are cast alu minium alloy and periodic changing of the engine coolant is necessary to prevent corrosion of these parts Use only MITSUBISHI MOTORS Genuine Coolant at all times MITSUBISHI MOTORS Genuine Coolant has excellent pro tection against corrosion and rust formation of all metals including aluminium and can avoid blockages in the radiator heater cylinder head engine block etc To check the coolant level A translucent coolant reserve tank A is located in the engine compartment The coolant level in this tank should be kept between the LOW and FULL marks when measured while the engine is cold AA0094061 KA As cis BKO111000EN book 9 X 200948H26H KEH Fi 5 IRF 3 2 4 To add coolant The cooling system is a closed system and normally the loss of coolant should be very slight A noticeable drop in the coolant level could indicate leakage If this occurs have the system checked at an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer as soon as possible If the level should drop below the LOW level on the reserve tank open the lid and add
234. n to fully open it To close press the switch 2 e o Locking and unlocking To tilt up press the switch 1 The rear edge sunroof rises for ventilation To tilt down press the switch 2 A WARNING Do not put head hands or anything else out of the sunroof opening while driving the vehicle Never leave a child or other person who might not be capable of safe operation of the sunroof switch in the vehicle alone Before operating the sunroof make sure that noth ing is capable of being trapped head hand finger etc t 9 MZ 3 4 a BK0111000EN book 20 X 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOHFR3 257 4 Locking and unlocking Safety mechanism E00303800074 If a hand or head is trapped in the closing sunroof it will re open automatically Nonetheless make sure that nobody puts their head or hand out of the sunroof when opening or closing The opened sunroof will become operational after a few sec onds If the safety mechanism is activated 5 or more times consecu tively or the switch 1 is kept pressed for 10 seconds or longer with the sunroof stationary in the fully tilted up position nor mal closing of the sunroof will be aborted In such an event you should take the following steps 1 Press the switch 1 repeatedly until the sunroof has been fully tilt up 2 Once the fully tilt up position has been reached press again and hold the switch 1 for at least 3 sec
235. nd out of the third seat 7 persons P 2 11 3 Third seats 7 persons To recline the seatback P 2 13 2 2 ANIA e o de a BKO111000EN book 3 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 Seat and seat belts Seat arrangement 00400200733 By operating the front second or third seat select the desired seat arrangement 5 persons 7 persons Normal usage Flat seat Except for vehicles equipped with the power type seat P 2 26 How to stow large Folding the second articles seats P 2 16 2 3 ANZ o lt lt P E BKO111000EN book 4 Y 20094F8H 26H KEHA F532 Seat and seat belts 5 persons 7 persons Folding the third seatbacks forward P 2 20 How to stow large articles 2 Folding the third seats P 2 22 p 4 8 NZ rere 4 DEPA x BKO111000EN book 5 Y 2009 8A26H KERA F 5323 Seat and seat belts Seat adjustment E00400300431 Adjust the driver s seat so that you are comfortable and that To minimize the risk of personal injury in the event you can reach the pedals steering wheel switches etc while of a collision or sudden braking the seatbacks retaining a clear field of vision should always be in the almost upright position while the vehicle is in motion The protection pro vided by the seat belts may be reduced significantly A WARN IN G when the
236. nd while supporting the seat by hand Store the retaining band in the original position then gently lower the seat bands onto the head restraint of the front seat and adjust ing the length of the retaining band AA0081490 A WARNING N Be sure to securely retain the folded seat using the retaining bands Unless retained the seat may tip causing a serious accident A CAUTION Do not allow any person to sit on the folded seat and do not place luggage on it The seat s mounting fit tings could bend under the weight making it impos sible for the seat to be retained on the vehicle a p 4 MP sus 4 cis BKOI11000EN book 19 Y 200948H26H KEA PHSB 24 Seat and seat belts 2 Push the seat until you hear a click and the seat locks A CAUTION securely j When returning the second seat while there are occupants in the third seat be careful not to trap the feet of the third seat occupants with the second seat AA0098320 AA0087883 2 19 KZ e AVY 5 4 a BK0111000EN book 20 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOHFR3 257 Seat and seat belts 3 Raise the seatback until it locks securely into place Folding the third seatbacks forward 7 persons Push lightly on the seatback to confirm that it has actually 00403600031 been secured To create luggage space you can fold the third seatbacks f
237. ndensation on disc Insert disc with label facing up Remove moisture from disc ERROR 02 Disc error Disc is dirty scratched or deformed or exces sive vehicle vibration Clean or replace disc Retry when vibrations stop ERROR 03 Mechanism error Loading or eject error Pick up is out of position Eject disc and reload If disc will not eject have the equipment inspected by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer 5 44 ERROR HOT High temperature Internal protection against high temperatures Allow radio to cool by waiting about 30 min utes o NY e cis BKOI11000EN book 45 X 200948H26H KHER PES HFS 24 For pleasant driving Communication error between external device Consult an authorized MITSUBISHI and audio equipment MOTORS dealer Power supply error of external device Communication or power supply error 5 45 o Zs BKOLLLOOOEN book 46 X 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For pleasant driving Audio system anti theft feature 2 With the key in the LOCK position 00710200221 The lamp B will start flashing to deter thieves To prevent theft of the audio system the control knob can be removed Always remove the control knob when you leave the vehicle Removing the control knob Slide the release button A to the right and remove the control knob from the audio system Anti theft function operates in two ways
238. ne running be especially careful that your clothing hair etc does not become caught by the fan drive belts or other moving parts The fan may turn on automatically even if the engine is not running turn the ignition switch to LOCK position and remove the key to ensure safety while you work in the engine compartment Do not smoke cause sparks or allow open flames around fuel or battery The fumes are flammable Be extremely cautious when working around the battery It contains poisonous and corrosive sulphu ric acid MP o 5 C44 i BK0111000EN book 3 Y 20094 8H26H KEH F53 247 Catalytic converter E01000201065 For ordinary use there are no particular precautions The exhaust gas scavenging devices used with the catalytic converter are extremely efficient for the reduction of noxious gases The catalytic converter is installed in the exhaust sys tem It is important to keep the engine properly tuned to ensure proper catalyst operation and prevent possible catalyst damage A CAUTION Damage to the catalytic converter can result if your vehicle is not kept in proper operating condition In the event of an engine malfunction particularly involving engine misfire or other apparent loss of performance have your vehicle serviced promptly Continued operation of your vehicle with a severe overheated condition may result in possible damage to the converter and vehicle A WARNING As
239. nflation and also could cause great force or the curtain airbags may not activate injury if thrown free by side airbag deployment correctly resulting in death or serious injury Do not place stickers labels or additional trim on a Ue the seatback of either front seat They could inter fere with proper side airbag inflation Do not install seat covers on seats with side airbags Do not re cover seats that have side airbags This could interfere with proper side airbag inflation E pr i es AA0093572 2 67 aa ila MZ 5 4 BK0111000EN book 68 7 2O0OO0948H26H KEH F532 F Seat and seat belts A WARNING Do not put a hanger or any heavy or pointed object on the coat hook If the curtain airbag was activated any such item could be propelled away with great force and could prevent the curtain airbag from inflating correctly Hang clothes directly on the coat hook without using a hanger Make sure there are no heavy or sharp objects in the pockets of clothes that you hang on the coat hook Do not allow the child to lean against or close to the front door even if the child is seated in a child restraint system The child s head should also not be leaned against or be close to the area where the side airbag and cur tain airbag are located It is dangerous if the side airbag and curtain airbag inflate Failure to follow all of these instructions could lead to serious or fatal injur
240. ng Accessory socket Cone 00711601274 The accessory socket can be used while the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position Open the cap A on the floor console box and the side wall of the luggage compartment to uncover the socket Use it to plug in an electrical device Console box AA0088532 A CAUTION Be aware that using electronic equipment with the engine off may run the battery down When you connect an electrical device make sure it 5 is rated at 12 V and its electrical capacity does not exceed 120 W When using some sockets at the same time make sure the total power consumption of the electrical accessories does not exceed 120 W at 12 V When the accessory socket is not in use be sure to close the cap because the socket might become clogged by foreign material and be short circuited AA0082745 NOTE The two accessory sockets can be used simultaneously 5 55 V e WZ ary a HGY 4 Zs BKOLL1OOOEN book 56 Y 200948 A26H KEH PRS RFS 24 For pleasant driving Interior lamps NOTE l l l E00712000874 Ifyou leave the lamps on without running the engine you will run down the battery Before you leave the vehicle make sure that all the lamps are off AA0093400 1 Luggage compartment lamp 5 2 Door courtesy lamps 3 Room lamp Rear 4 Room lamp Front Personal lamps 5 Centre console downligh
241. ng Do not put additional labels A or stickers B on com Notes on CD Rs RWs pact discs Also do not use any compact disc on which a 00725100013 label or sticker has started to peel off or any compact disc You may have trouble playing back some CD R RW discs that has stickiness or other contamination left by a peeled recorded on CD recorders CD R RW drives either due off label or sticker If you use such a compact disc the CD to their recording characteristics or dirt fingerprints player may stop working properly and you may not be scratches etc on the disc surface able to eject the compact disc CD R RW discs are less resistant to high temperatures and high humidity than ordinary music CDs Leaving them inside a vehicle for extended periods may damage them and make playback impossible The unit may not successfully play back a CD R RW that was made by the combination of writing software a CD recorder CD R RW drive and a disc if they are incom patible with one another This player cannot play the CD R RW discs if the session is not closed This player cannot play CD R RW discs which contain other than CD DA or MP3 data Video CD etc Be sure to observe the handling instructions for the CD R RW disc 5 AA0016797 A WARNING Operating the CD player in a manner other than specifically instructed herein may result in hazard ous radiation exposure Do not remove the cover and attempt to
242. ng and stopping is necessary the increased mass of the vehicle will greatly affect fuel consumption Also avoid driving with unnecessary luggage or carriers etc on the roof the increased air resistance will increase fuel consumption Cold engine starting Starting of a cold engine consumes more fuel Unnecessary fuel consumption is also caused by keeping a hot engine running After the engine is started commence driving as soon as possible Air conditioning The use of the air conditioning will increase the fuel consump tion e o NYY e BK0111000EN book 3 Y 20094 8H26H KEH F53 247 7 Driving alcohol and drugs E00600200054 Driving after drinking alcohol is a frequent cause of accidents Your driving ability can be seriously impaired even with blood alcohol levels far below the legal minimum If you have been drinking don t drive Ride with a designated non drinking driver call a cab or a friend or use public transportation Drinking coffee or taking a cold shower will not make you sober Similarly prescription and nonprescription drugs affect your alertness perception and reaction time Consult with your doc tor or pharmacist before driving while under the influence of any of these medications A WARNING NEVER DRINK AND DRIVE Your perceptions are less accurate your reflexes are slower and your judgment is impaired o Starting and driving Safe driving technique
243. ng and driving j A CAUTION Steering wheel lock Do not remove the ignition key from the ignition switch while driving The steering wheel will be locked causing loss of control If the engine is stopped while driving the brake ser vomechanism will cease to function and braking efficiency will deteriorate Also the power steering system will not function and it will require greater manual effort to operate the steering Do not leave the key in the ON position for a long time when the engine is not running doing so will cause the battery to be discharged Do not turn the key to the START position when the engine is running doing so could damage the starter motor AA0086844 To lock Remove the key at the LOCK position Turn the steering wheel until it is locked To unlock Turn the key to the ACC position while moving the steering wheel slightly A CAUTION Remove the key when leaving the vehicle 4 MP 5 aes cis BK0111000EN book 15 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOKFR3 257 Starting and driving NOTE Starting If the front wheels are turned the anti theft lock may 00601600954 sometimes make it difficult to turn the key from LOCK to ACC Firmly turn the steering wheel to the left or to the right as you turn the key Tips for starting Do not operate the starter motor continuously for anything longer than 10 seconds doing so
244. ng equipment where it is available No recommendation is made as to the make of equipment which may be used if MITSUBI SHI MOTORS equipment is not available The loads specified apply only if a MITSUBISHI MOTORS Genuine Parts Tow Bar and other speci fied equipment is used 4 76 State regulations The legal authorities require that a trailer or caravan be fitted with stop tail and turn signal lamps An electrical kit can be fitted by your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer which meets legal requirements and can be left on your vehicle permanently It may be necessary to fit additional rear vision mirrors to both sides of your vehicle to give clear vision past your trailer or caravan Ensure that your trailer or caravan com plies with the regulations of the particular State in which you are travelling e g lighting safety chains brakes mass etc Check that your towbar tongue does not obscure your vehicle s number plate when the trailer or caravan is disconnected If it does remove the tongue ensuring that it is refitted securely when refitted Permissible towing load and requirements The maximum payload of the towing vehicle does not exceed the requirements of each maximum mass described in the Vehicle mass See Specifications for the payload informa tion AA d MZ 4 BK0111000EN book 77 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 A CAUTION The trailer brake and towing h
245. ng the 5 persons 2 child or other occupants NOTE If a person wearing the seat belt moves their upper body significantly such that the belt completely unwinds the retractor may switch to its ALR mode and lock thus pre venting further movement If this happens the person should switch the retractor back to its ELR mode by tak ing off the seat belt and fully rewinding it The person should then wear the seat belt again 7 persons To remove 1 Remove the plate from the buckle then remove the seat Oe belt from the child restraint system 2 Fully rewind the seat belt to deactivate the ALR mode rs AA3006841 2 48 4 H E Allis g MP a 24g cis BK0111000EN book 49 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOKR3 257 7 To install 1 U Nn Adjust the angle of the second seatback to the most upright position and then the child restraint system in the second seating position Route the belt through the child restraint according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions then insert the latch plate into the buckle Remove all slack by using the locking clip Attach the top tether anchor strap to the child restraint anchorage point fitting and tighten the tether anchor strap refer to page 2 45 Before putting the child in the restraint push and pull the restraint in all directions to be sure it is secure Do this before each use To remove Remove t
246. ng the detection areas vehicle inspected at an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS 00615800090 d l You can switch between standard mode and towbar mode as SAGI follows 1 Push the SONAR switch and confirm the SONAR OFF indicator lamp on meter cluster is illuminated 2 Push the SONAR switch again and hold for approxi mately 5 seconds then release the switch 3 Confirm the modes by the number of the buzzer sound Once standard mode Twice towbar mode 4 If an other than desired mode is detected repeat the above steps from item 1 AA0086453 4 71 4 LB Zils BK0111000EN book 72 X 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Starting and driving Rear view camera Location of rear view camera 00618400101 The rear view camera A is integrated into the part near the The rear view camera is a system that shows the view behind tailgate handle the vehicle on a screen of the Mitsubishi Multi Communication System MMCS A CAUTION The rear view camera is an assistance system that enables the driver to check for obstacles behind the vehicle Its range of view is limited so you should not overly depend on it Please drive just as carefully as you would if the vehicle did not have the rear view camera Be sure to visually confirm safety around the vehicle with your own eyes Do not depend entirely on the 4 rear view camera AA0093224 Range of view of rear view camera The range
247. ng the inside door handle All other doors and the tailgate are unlocked at the same time Set the inside lock knob 1 to the locked position and close the door 2 NOTE The driver s door cannot be locked using the inside lock knob while the driver s door is opened 1 7 t SA is Zi S BK0111000EN book 8 Y 2009478H268H Locking and unlocking P d gt KEA F53 23 Central door locks E00300801429 NOTE Each of the doors can be locked or unlocked independ ently by using the inside lock knob Repeated continuous operation between lock and unlock 1 could activate the central door locking systems built in protection circuit and prevent the system from operating If this occurs wait about 1 minute before operating the inside lock knob or the key To prevent the key from being locked inside the vehicle the inside lock knob cannot be used to lock the driver s door when it is open Driver s door with key Using the key on the driver s door locks or unlocks all doors and tailgate I AA0086277 1 Lock 2 Unlock o t W is Jg Ey z sigs ie Zs BKOLLLOOOEN book 9 Y 20094 8H26H KIRA F53 24 gt Locking and unlocking Driver s door with inside lock knob Unlocking doors and tailgate using selector lever Using the inside lock knob on the driver s door locks or Vehicle with A T unlocks all doors
248. normally be cleaned using only a sponge and water Glass cleaner can be used to remove oil grease dead insects etc After washing the glass wipe dry with a clean dry soft cloth Never use the same cloth to wipe the window glass as 7 8 e would be used to wipe the paintwork wax from the painted surfaces could adhere to the glass and reduce its transparency and visibility NOTE To clean the inside of the rear window always use a soft cloth and wipe the window glass along the demister heater element so as not to cause damage Wiper blades 00901700059 Use a soft cloth and glass cleaner to remove grease dead insects etc from the wiper blades Replace the wiper blades when they no longer wipe properly Refer to page 8 22 Cleaning the sunroof E00901800180 Clean the inside of the sunroof with a soft cloth Hard deposits should be wiped away with a cloth dipped in warm neutral detergent solution Wipe away the solution with a sponge dipped in fresh water NOTE The surface treatment on the inside of the glass may be removed if hard cloth or organic solvent benzine kero sene thinner etc is used e V AW l a ERE 9 X 2009 8H26H KRH FHS BRS 24 e Vehicle care Engine compartment E00902100454 Clean the engine compartment at the beginning of autumn and end of winter Pay particular attention to flanges crevices and peripheral parts where dust containing road chemi
249. not followed A CAUTION means hazards or unsafe practices that could cause minor personal injury or damage to your vehicle You will see another important symbol NOTE gives helpful information indicates optional equipment It may differ according to the sales classification refer to the sales catalogue 2009 Mitsubishi Motors Corporation e V cena 1 3 7 2009 8H26H AMA F 53 277 Table of contents Overview General information Locking and unlocking Seat and seat belts Instruments and controls Starting and driving For pleasant driving For emergencies Vehicle care Maintenance Specifications gt ANZ As KZ A edi a BK0111000FN book 1 X 20094 8H260H KEA 4 F 5I3 247 Overview E Instruments and Controls Driver s area E00100104883 Daytime dipper button meter illumination control Supplemental restraint system airbag P 3 8 for driver P 2 50 Horn switch P 3 69 Combination headlamps and dipper switch P 3 57 Instruments P 3 2 Turn signal lever P 3 60 Front fog lamp switch P 3 62 Headlamp washer switch P 3 67 Windscreen wiper and washer switch P 3 63 Rear window wiper and washer switch P 3 66 Active Stability Control ASC OFF switch P 4 54 Rear differential lock switch P 4 34 Electric remote controlled outside rear view mirror switch P 4 11 Hazard warning flasher switc
250. nsor sys 4 tem will not operate until the engine has been stopped Approx 150 to 100 cm Intermittent even if the gearshift lever is moved to the R Reverse position with M T or the selector lever is moved to the Approx 100 to 40 cm Fast intermittent R REVERSE position with A T To resume reversing sensor system operation push the SONAR switch or stop and restart the engine and then move the gearshift lever is moved to the R Back sensor vehicles with a towbar Reverse position with M T or the selector lever to the Vehicle to obstacle distance Warning sound cycle R REVERSE position with A T Approx 150 to 120 cm Intermittent Within approx 40 cm Continuous Approx 120 to 60 cm Fast intermittent Within approx 60 cm Continuous 4 70 p6 MP a a E BKOI11000EN book 71 Y 2009 F8AH26H0H KH F53 257 Starting and driving A CAUTION SONAR OFF indicator lamp a The distances given are to be used for reference only In case there is a malfunction in the reversing sensor system as errors may be caused by various factors such as the SONAR OFF indicator lamp will flash and the warning temperature humidity or the shape of the obstacles buzzer will sound for approximately 5 seconds Even after the buzzer has stopped sounding the indicator lamp will continue flashing until the system reverts to the normal state Have the Changi
251. nt a short circuit be sure to discon nect the negative terminal first Keep it out of reach of children Do not bring the nearby parts the plastic parts and so on into contact with sulphuric acid battery elec trolyte which may crack stain or discolour them If they are in contact wipe off with soft cloth cham ois or the like and an aqueous solution of neutral detergent then immediately rinse the affected parts with plenty of water 8 16 NOTE Keep the terminals clean After the battery is connected apply terminal protection grease To clean the terminals use lukewarm water Check to see if the battery is securely installed and cannot be moved during travel Also check each terminal for tightness When the vehicle is to be left unused for a long period of time remove the battery and store it in a place where the battery fluid will not freeze The battery should be stored only in a fully charged condition ae Z bs BK0111000EN book 17 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOHR3 257 Maintenance Tyres E01001300242 A WARNING Driving with tyres that are worn damaged or improperly inflated can lead to a loss of control or blow out of the tyres which can result in a collision with serious or fatal injury Tyre inflation pressures E01001402087 Up to 5 passengers Up to max load or at trailer towing Tyre size 200 kPa 220 kPa 200 kPa 250 kPa ce a 29 p s i 2 0 kgf c
252. nts from harm The vehicle body s side area may deform significantly as it absorbs the impact Under such circum stances the side airbags and curtain airbags may not deploy irrespective of the deformation and damage to the vehicle body 2 Examples of some typical conditions are shown in the illustra tion Because the side airbags and curtain airbags do not protect the occupant in all types of side collisions be sure to always prop Motorcycle or other similar small vehicle collides with the erly wear your seat belts side of vehicle AA2000246 2 64 f ANZ e o As AW E BK0111000EN book 65 Y 2009 8H26 KEH F53 247 o Seat and seat belts Oblique side impacts The side airbags and curtain airbags ARE NOT DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when Head on collisions AA3000461 The side airbags and curtain airbags are not designed to deploy in conditions where they cannot usually provide protection to the occupant Typical conditions are shown in the illustration AA3000083 Because the side airbags and curtain airbags do not protect the occupant in all types of collisions be sure to always properly wear your seat belts e ea Bi MZ 5 4 BK0111000EN book 66 X 2009 8H26 P KEH F53 257 Seat and seat belts A WARNING The side airbags and curtain airbags are designed to A WARNING Do not allow a child to kneel on the passenger seat
253. ny of the doors or the tailgate is not opened within approximately 30 sec onds relocking will automatically occur It is possible to modify functions as follows For further information please contact your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer e The time for automatic relocking can be changed e The confirmation function flashing of the turn signal lamps can be set to operate only when the doors and the tailgate are locked or only when the doors and the tail gate are unlocked e The confirmation function this indicates locking or unlocking of the doors and the tailgate with the flash of the turn signal lamps can be deactivated e The number of times the turn signal lamps are blinked by the confirmation function can be changed The keyless entry system does not operate in the follow ing conditions e The key is left in the key cylinder e The door or the tailgate is open o Locking and unlocking The remote control switch will operate within about 4 m from the vehicle However the operating range of the remote control switch may change if the vehicle is located near a power station or radio TV broadcasting station If cither of the following problems occurs the battery may be exhausted Have the battery replaced by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer e The remote control switch is operated at the correct dis tance from the vehicle but the doors and the tailgate are not locked unlocked in response
254. o out and function again Refer to ABS warning lamp on page 4 51 ASTC indi cator lamp ASTC OFF indicator lamp on page 4 57 P d 4 KERA PR RS 2 57 Driving hints E00616800039 When extricating the vehicle from mud sand or fresh snow you may find that operation of the ASTC prevents the engine speed from increasing in response to depression of the acceler ator pedal If this happens and the vehicle remains stuck as a result deactivate the active stability control function by press ing the ASC OFF switch The vehicle will then be easier to extricate Brake control of the active traction control function is still working to prevent wheel spins when the active stability control function is deactivated by pressing the ASC OFF switch e o Starting and driving Active Stability Control function E00616900030 The active stability control function is designed to improve the vehicle s stability by restraining its tendency to slip sideways for example when rounding a curve in slippery conditions or when the driver takes rapid steering action to avoid an obsta cle It works by controlling the engine output and the brake on each wheel NOTE On vehicles with the rear differential lock the active sta bility control function does not operate when the rear dif ferential lock is activated ASC OFF switch The active stability control function is automatically activated w
255. o the P PARK or R REVERSE position Be sure not to push the lock button when perform ing the operations indicated by in the illustration b a Ea 4 MY cis BK0111000EN book 21 Y 20094F8H260 MEH F53 257 Starting and driving Selector lever positions Main gate E00603800514 Always depress the brake pedal when shifting the pP PARK selector lever into a gear from the P PARK or N NEUTRAL position This position locks the transmission to prevent the vehicle When beginning to drive do not shift the selector from moving The engine can be started in this position lever from the P PARK or N NEUTRAL R REVERSE position while depressing the accelerator pedal This position is to back up doing so is dangerous because the vehicle will jump forward or backward A CAUTION Never shift into the P PARK or R Selector lever position indicator REVERSE position while the vehicle is in motion E00603500700 When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the Go aiI a Bansmission denge currently position of the selector lever is indicated by the indi cator A shown on the instrument cluster i e P PARK 4 R REVERSE N NEUTRAL D DRIVE AA0084651 eoa p 4 SY 5 4 cis BKOIL1000EN book 22 S 200948H26H AMA F53 247 F Starting and driving N
256. o the operating state push the SONAR switch again When the system returns to the operating state the buzzer sounds once and the SONAR OFF indicator lamp turns off NOTE The SONAR OFF indicator lamp flashes once when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position 4 69 KA As a BK0111000EN book 70 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSHR3 257 Starting and driving The warning buzzer sounds when the system detects an obsta Warning for obstacles cle during operation If there is an obstacle behind the vehicle a warning buzzer sounds to indicate the distance between the vehicle and the NOTE obstacle After pushing the SONAR switch reversing sensor sys tem operation differs according to the detection area set Corner sensor ting e Setting when towbar is not equipped Vehicle to obstacle distance Warning sound cycle When the gearshift lever is moved to the R Reverse position with M T or the selector lever is moved to the Approx 50 t040 cm Pen R REVERSE position with A T the reversing sen Approx 40 to 25 cm Fast intermittent sor system will operate even if reversing sensor system Within approx 25 cm Continous operation was stopped by pushing the SONAR switch Setting when towbar is equipped When reversing sensor system operation was stopped by Back sensor vehicles without a towbar pushing the SONAR switch the reversing se
257. od is securely locked by softly lifting the centre of the engine hood AA0083670 NOTE If this does not close the engine hood release it from a slightly higher position Do not press down the engine hood hard with a hand as it may damage the engine hood A CAUTION Be careful that hands or fingers are not trapped when closing the engine hood 8 t ANZ is a BK0111000EN book 6 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 Maintenance A CAUTION Before driving make sure that the engine hood is securely locked An incompletely locked engine hood can suddenly open while driving This can be extremely dangerous Engine oil E01000402181 To check and refill engine oil The engine oil used has a significant effect on the engine s per formance service life and startability Be sure to use oil of the recommended quality and appropriate viscosity All engines consume a certain amount of oil during normal operation and engine oil consumption is greatly influenced by payload engine speed etc Therefore it is important to check the oil level at regular intervals or before starting a long trip This check must be made with the engine warm but not run ning Park the vehicle on a level surface stop the engine and then wait a few moments to allow the engine oil in circulation to return to the oil pan to ensure accurate measurement Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean cloth Reinsert t
258. odification alterations to the electrical or fuel systems 6 j MZ P nay BK0111000EN book 6 Y 2009 8H26H KRH F53 247 4 Alphabetical index Odometer 3 4 Oil Differential oil 9 15 Engine oil 8 6 9 14 Transfer oil 9 15 Operation under adverse driving conditions 6 35 Other specifications 9 13 Outside rear view mirrors 4 11 Overheating 6 5 P Parking 4 8 Parking brake 4 6 Personal lamps 5 58 Bulb capacity 8 35 Replacement 8 53 Position lamps Bulb capacity 8 34 Replacement 8 38 Power steering Fluid 8 13 9 14 Power steering system 4 54 Precautions to observe when using wipers and washers 3 67 Pregnant women restraint 2 38 Puncture Tyre changing 6 24 R Radio AM FM electronic tuning radio with CD player 5 25 Rear combination lamps Bulb capacity 8 35 Replacement 8 44 Rear cooler 5 22 Rear differential lock 4 34 Rear room lamp 5 57 Bulb capacity 8 35 Replacement 8 54 Rear turn signal lamps Bulb capacity 8 35 Replacement 8 44 Rear window demister switch 3 68 Rear view mirror Inside 4 10 Outside 4 11 Removal of water from the fuel filter 6 8 Replacement of lamp bulbs 8 33 Reversing lamps Bulb capacity 8 35 Replacement 8 48 Reversing sensor system 4 66 Roof antenna 5 50 Roof carrier precaution 4 75 Room lamp 5 57 Running in recommendations 4 5 e AA d NW KIS n4 i BKOI11000EN book 7 X 200948H26H KEH PR SHS 24 4 Safe driving techniq
259. of an emergency be 7 2 GS in AA0088877 1 Tool bag 2 Wheel nut wrench 3 Spanner 4 Jack handle 6 a AA0082341 A Tools and jack handle B Jack 6 10 Y a p 4 a BKOLLLOOOEN book 11 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For emergencies Removing and storing the tools jack and jack 2 Remove the securing band C and then take out the tools handle and jack handle D E00802300253 1 While pressing the knob A remove the lid B AA0082400 AA0082383 4 6 11 iY AVY ii a BK0111000EN book 12 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For emergencies i 3 Remove the securing nut E and then take out the jack To use the jack handle F E00802400137 1 Check that you have all sections of the handle y AA0082396 AA0053958 4 Reverse the removing procedure when storing the tools jack and jack handle A Thin handle section with notch B Thick handle section C Thin handle section s 4 4 IZ is J IN a BKOLL1OOOEN book 13 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For emergencies 2 With the snap pin D pushed insert handle section A Jacking up the vehicle into handle section B until it is locked Insert handle sec 00801001306 tion C into handle section B in the same way Park the vehicle on level and stable ground Set the parking brake firmly
260. on Otherwise the compass will not show the correct direction Set the declination by the following steps W20 AA0059905 NOTE The default declination setting is 0 degrees In accordance with the illustration set the declination setting to the dec lination contour nearest to a region where you drive the vehicle The declination can be set at intervals of 1 degrees from 28 degrees west W28 to 28 degrees east E28 3 36 With a settings display showing press the ADJ button and select COMPASS VARIANCE 1 Press the function button for SELECT AA0095710 e AVA Gs a BK0111000EN book 37 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOKFR3 257 Instruments and controls 2 Press the function button for or gt to set the 3 When the declination adjustment has been completed desired declination press the SET function button Pressing lt or for more than 1 second makes the value change rapidly AA0095736 AA0095723 3 37 KA BK0111000EN book 38 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls Setting the compass With a settings display showing press the ADJ button and The compass is usually calibrated automatically when the vehi select COMPASS CALIBRATION cle is moving At times when complete calibration is not possi
261. on Control function gt P 4 56 Active Stability Control function P 4 55 A CAUTION Do not over rely on the ASTC This system like any other system has limits and cannot help you to maintain traction and control of the vehicle in all circumstances Reckless driving can lead to acci dents Always drive carefully taking into account the traffic road and environmental conditions Be sure to use the same specified type and size of tyre on all 4 wheels Otherwise the ASTC may not work correctly o t AA d BK0111000EN book 55 Y 20094 8H 264 NOTE After your vehicle is driven a short distance after starting the engine a click is heard from the engine compartment however this is only the sound of ASTC being checked Some vibration will be felt in the vehicle body and a whining sound of a motor will be heard from the engine compartment when the ASTC functions This is a normal result of the ASTC operation and does not indicate a mal function The ASTC does not operate while the ABS warning lamp is illuminated On vehicles with the rear differential lock the ASTC and ABS functions are suspended while the rear differential lock is activated ASTC indicator lamp active stability control function OFF indicator lamp and ABS warning lamp are illuminated while these functions are suspended It dose not indicate a problem When the rear differential lock is disengaged these lamps g
262. onds e o t W g is lt l SP UY BKO111000EN book 33 Y 2O009 8HA26H XERA F53 24 gt For pleasant driving CD control panel and display E00709501090 A ee FOLDER TEXT PAGE Dse AA1007017 1 CD eject button 16 CD indicator 2 Disc loading slot 3 FOLDER Folder down button 5 4 FOLDER Folder up button 5 TEXT Title display button 6 PAGE Title scroll button 7 TRACK Track down up button 8 PWR On Off switch 9 CD CD mode changeover button 10 RPT Repeat button 11 RDM Random button 12 SCAN button 13 SCAN RPT RDM indicator 14 TRACK indicator 15 Track play time indicator 5 33 KA o ps MZ 3 4 a BK0111000EN book 34 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOKFR3 257 4 For pleasant driving To listen to a CD E00709602030 1 Insert a disc with the label facing up and the CD player will begin playing even if the radio is being used The CD indicator 16 the track number the playing time will appear on the display The CD player will also start play back when the CD button 9 is pressed with a disc in the player To adjust the volume and tone refer to To adjust the vol ume on page 5 28 and To adjust the tone on page 5 28 To stop the CD turn off the power by pressing the PWR switch 8 or change over to radio mode by pressing the AM FM buttons or eject the disc
263. onds 1 20 3 After pressing the switch 3 to perform full opening press the switch 2 to fully close the sunroof NOTE The safety mechanism can be activated if the driving con ditions or other circumstances cause the sunroof to be sub jected to a physical shock similar to that caused by a trapped hand or head Avoid stopping the sunroof before it reaches the opening or closing end during operations If this should acciden tally be allowed to happen repeat the process from step 1 A CAUTION The safety mechanism is cancelled just before the sunroof is fully closed This allows the sunroof to close completely Therefore be especially careful that no fingers are trapped in the sunroof 4 Following this action it should be possible to operate the sunroof in the normal manner NOTE The sunroof stops just before reaching the fully open posi tion If the vehicle is driven with the sunroof in this position wind buffeting is lower than with the sunroof fully open When leaving the vehicle unattended make sure you close the sunroof and remove the ignition key Do not try to operate the sunroof if it is frozen closed after snow fall or during extreme cold e AA d Zins BKOLL1OOOEN book 21 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 Locking and unlocking Do not sit or place heavy luggage on the sunroof or roof Sunshade opening edge E00307900190 Release the switch as soon as the s
264. ook 3 Y 2009 8H26H KEH RSH 247 Overview Interior E00100203526 Microphone for Hands free amp voice recognition Rear room lamp P 5 57 8 35 8 54 EA Sunroof switch P 1 19 Seat belts P 2 30 CS ENS Adjustable seat belt anchor for front seats ko I 7S P 2 33 Assist grip P 5 73 P 5 Sunglasses holder P 5 64 Coat hook P 5 74 Personal lamps P 5 58 8 35 8 53 Front room lamp P 5 57 8 35 8 53 Electric window lock switch P 1 17 lt Electric window control P 1 15 Luggage compartment lamp P 5 58 8 35 8 54 AA5010992 e SA lt S BKO111000FN book 4 X 20094 8H260 KEA 5324 Overview eh rear view mirror Supplemental restraint system curtain airbag P 2 50 Head restraints P 2 13 NZ cl Sun visors P 5 51 Rear cooler P 5 22 Cup holder for third seats Vanity mirror P 5 51 Front seats P 2 6 Supplemental restraint system side airbag P 2 50 Accessory socket Armrest for second seats P 2 11 P 5 55 Cup holder for second seats P 5 65 Third seats P 2 12 Second seats P 2 9 AAS011003 PR bs p cis BKO111000EN book 5 X 20094 8H260 KEA 5324 Overview a Luggage area 5 persons 00100401423 Cargo area cover P 5 68 Luggage hooks P 5 71 Jack P 6 10 Tools P 6 10 Luggage hooks P 5 71 P 6 19 Luggage net P 5 73 AAS5011
265. or ward To fold 1 Place each head restraint in its lowest position Refer to Head restraints on page 2 13 2 Pull the lock release band A then lift the seat cushion forward AA0098333 AA0081517 2 20 KA SP oy z UY BKO111000EN book 21 Y 200948A 26H KER F532 Seat and seat belts 3 Pull up the seatback lock release band B then tilt the To return seatback forward until you hear a click 1 Pull up the seatback lock release band A then raise the seatback until it locks securely into place Push lightly on the seatback to confirm that it has actually been secured AA0098564 AA0098577 2 21 KA o Zs MZ 4 a BK0111000EN book 22 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 Seat and seat belts 2 Gently lower the seat cushion then push the seat cushion Folding the third seats 7 persons until you hear a click and the seat locks securely 00403900076 To create more luggage space you can fold the second and third seats To fold 1 Fold the second seats Refer to Folding the second seats on page 2 16 2 Place each head restraint in its lowest position Refer to Head restraints on page 2 13 2 3 Pull the lock release band A then lift the seat cushion forward AA0098580 A a AA0081517 2 22 LP o a BK0111000EN
266. otect the occupant in all types of collisions be sure to always properly wear your seat belts Rear end collisions Side collisions 6 Seat and seat belts AA2000220 2 59 t A bs MZ 5 4 a BK0111000EN book 60 X 20094F8H26H AEA F53 257 Seat and seat belts The front airbags MAY DEPLOY when The front airbags may deploy if the bottom of the vehicle suf fers a moderate to severe impact undercarriage damage Examples of some typical conditions are shown in the illustra tion Collision with an elevated median island or kerb Because the front airbags may deploy in certain types of unex pected impacts as shown in the illustration that can easily move you out of position it is important to always properly wear your seat belts Your seat belts will help keep you a safe dis 2 tance from the steering wheel and instrument panel during the initial stages of airbag deployment The initial stage of airbag Vehicle travels over a deep hole pothole inflation is the most forceful and can possibly cause serious or fatal injuries if you contact it at this stage PTA O O2 Vehicle drives down a steep slope and hits the ground AA2000073 2 60 ANZ lt IZ Bch 61 Y 2009 8H26H eH AR SKRS 24 gt Seat and seat belts Do not attach anything to the steering wheel padded Do not put packages pets or other objects between cover such
267. our Too much cooling is not good for the health The inside vehicle servicing and repairs conform with requirements the air temperature should only be 5 to 6 C below the outside air conditioning system should be inspected and maintained by air temperature your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer When operating the system make sure the air intake which is located in front of the windscreen is free of obstructions such as leaves and snow Leaves collected in the air intake plenum may reduce air flow and plug the plenum water drains During a long period of disuse The air conditioning should be operated for at least five min utes each week even in cold weather This is to prevent poor 5 lubrication of the compressor internal parts and to maintain the air conditioning in the best operating condition 5 23 4 MZ 3 4 a BK0111000EN book 24 X 20094F8H26H AMA FHRSOKFR3 257 For pleasant driving Air purifier with deodorizing function E00708400213 An air filter is incorporated into the air conditioning system to remove pollen dust tobacco smells and exhaust smells from the air The air filter s ability to collect pollen and dirt is reduced as it becomes dirty so replace it periodically For the maintenance interval refer to the SERVICE BOOKLET NOTE Operation in certain conditions such as driving on a dusty road and frequent use of the air conditioning can lead to reduction of service lif
268. out of a stuck position be sure that the area around the vehicle is clear of people and physical objects The rocking motion may cause the vehicle to suddenly launch forward or backward causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects NOTE Avoid sudden braking acceleration and turning such operations could result in the vehicle becoming stuck If the vehicle becomes stuck in sandy or muddy roads it can often be moved a rocking motion Move the selector lever rhythmically between the D DRIVE and R REVERSE position with M T between Ist and Reverse while applying slight pressure to the accelerator pedal It is recommended to start the vehicle with parking brake partially but not completely applied by slightly pulling the parking brake lever After the vehicle has become free do not forget to release the parking brake If it is necessary to drive in extremely muddy conditions the use of tyre chains is recommended Because the extent of muddy conditions is difficult to judge and the vehicle could become bogged down very deeply operation should be at a low speed If possible get out of the vehicle and check the conditions ahead before proceeding e o Starting and driving Driving over roads in coastal areas or roads on which anti skid preparations have been spread can cause rust on the vehicle wash the vehicle thoroughly as soon as possible after such use Climbing sharp gr
269. ow tyres of the same size and tread pattern on all four wheels Snow tyres worn more than 50 are no longer suitable for use as snow tyres Snow tyres which do not meet specifications must not be used A CAUTION Observe permissible maximum speed for your snow tyres and the legal speed limit NOTE The laws and regulations concerning snow tyres driving speed required use type etc vary Find out and follow the laws and regulations in the area you intend to drive If flange nuts are used on your vehicle change to tapered nuts when steel wheels are used e MZ 3 4 BK0111000EN book 21 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 7 Tyre chains E01002101505 It is recommended that snow chains are carried in snow regions and fitted when required to the rear wheels in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions On 4WD vehicles in which the driving power is distributed preferentially to the rear wheels ensure that the tyre chains are fitted on the rear The tyres fitted to your vehicle as original equipment allow you to fit tyre chains if they are required When replacing your tyres check with the tyre distributor or manufacturer if the fit ting of tyre chains will be detrimental to the tyres being pur chased Always follow the chain manufacturer s instructions when fit ting the chains A WARNING DO NOT use a jack when fitting the chains as in the conditions the tyres may slip on the ic
270. p C Rear wheel lamp When the ignition switch is in the ON position the 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp shows the shifting condi tion The 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp comes on at each transfer shift lever position as follows 4 32 IH eo AH Transfer shift lever position Drive mode switching in progress sanse Bli a TTT TS Illuminate Ms Remain off 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp NY e MW a 24g eis BK0111000EN book 33 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOHFR3 257 AH eo AHL c Transfer shift lever position Drive mode switching in progress Nayervr ys Bli k ack C_ Illuminate Ms Remain off e 4HLc ALLe Transfer shift lever position 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp Drive mode switching in progress Se Blink Illuminate E Remain off e o Starting and driving 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp WZ ay a HGY 4 Zs BKOI11000EN book 34 S 20094F8H26H8 KIRA PRSMES 24 Starting and driving NOTE e The 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp blinks while the selection is in process Take the following precautions when the indicator lamp is blinking or remains off e Keep the steering wheel in the straight ahead position while making range selections If you attempt to drive forward with the steering wheel turned gear rattling may occu
271. perature is low the tempera ture of the air from the heater will be cool cold until the engine warms up even if you have selected warm air with the dial AA0093253 5 9 AWB AW sxo i E BKO111000EN book 10 Y 2009 8H26H KREA PROBES 23 For pleasant driving A CAUTION Normally use the lt gt outside position to keep the windscreen and side windows clear and quickly remove fog or frost from the windscreen If high cooling performance is desired or if the out side air is dusty or otherwise contaminated use the Use of the 5 10 gt recirculation position Set the air selection lever to the eS outside position periodically to increase ventilation so that the windows do not become fogged up recirculation position for extended time may cause the windows to fog up Air conditioning switch E00701500824 Push the switch and the air conditioning compressor will turn on The air conditioning indicator lamp A will come on A OO AA0085980 Push the switch again and the air conditioning compressor will stop and the indicator lamp goes off A CAUTION When using the air conditioning the idling speed may slightly increase as the air conditioning com pressor is switched on off automatically While the vehicle with an A T is stationary fully depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from creeping Allis ib
272. pressure is too low A CAUTION Turn the engine off and contact your nearest If illuminates whileth eneneierun authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer for ning there is a problem in the charg nspgcton ing system Immediately park your vehicle in a safe place and contact your A CAUTION nearest authorized MITSUBISHI This warning lamp does not indicate 3 MOTORS dealer the amount of oil level in the engine s SO _ 7 This must be determined by checking the oil level on the dipstick while the engine is switched off If this lamp illuminates when the engine oil level is not low contact your nearest authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer for inspection If you continue driving with low engine oil level or with this warning lamp illu minated engine seizure may occur b a 9 48 V s MZ 3 4 BK0111000EN book 15 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 7 Door ajar warning lamp E00503300781 This lamp illuminates when a door is either open or not completely closed If the vehicle speed reaches approximately 8 km h with a door open or incompletely closed the warning lamp flashes 16 times and a buzzer simultaneously sounds 16 times as a warning A CAUTION Before moving your vehicle check that the warning lamp is OFF NOTE It is possible to change the buzzer setting for either of the following types of opera tion For further information please contact your author
273. r The installation of accessories optional parts etc should only be carried out within the limits prescribed by law in your country and in accordance with the guidelines and warnings contained within the documents accompanying this vehicle MITSUBISHI MOTORS AUSTRALIA LIMITED rec ommends the use of Genuine Parts amp Accessories as shown in MITSUBISHI MOTORS AUSTRALIA LIM ITED sales brochures Where MITSUBISHI MOTORS AUSTRALIA LIMITED does not provide accessories of the type required such as child seats the customer must rely on the representations of accessory suppliers seek professional advice and make their own judgement about the accessories Improper installation of electrical parts could cause fire please refer to the Modification Alteration to the electrical or fuel systems section within this owner s manual Tyres and wheels which do not meet specifications must not be used Refer to the Specifications section for information regarding wheel and tyre sizes Do not fail to read the accessories manuals prior to the installation of accessories parts or other modifications to the vehicle When fitting accessories ensure that maximum gross vehicle mass and maximum axle mass are not exceeded e o General information A WARNING Hand held mobile phones or CB radio equipment should be used with an external antenna whenever possible Hand held mobile phones or CB radio equipment that u
274. r 24 hour tons remain illuminated Refer to User customization on page 3 45 TA0024955 AA0095619 NOTE If you operate the audio system the audio display is jumped in 3 29 LI Zils BK0111000EN book 30 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSHFR3 257 Instruments and controls Selecting settings displays E00519100087 Every time the ADJ button is pressed lightly the display can be changed to the following A CAUTION The driver should not operate the display while the vehicle is in motion When operating the system stop the vehicle in a safe area AA0095622 1 Changing the clock settings P 3 31 2 Adjusting the display brightness P 3 33 3 Correcting the compass P 3 35 4 Changing the calendar setting P 3 41 5 User customization P 3 45 6 Adjusting the barometer P 3 53 s p Z NS IZ is J Zips BK0111000EN book 31 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FRSOKFR3 257 Instruments and controls Changing the clock settings E00519200088 1 Press the ADJ button to select the clock setting display AA0095635 ge ge De ee AA2001894 3 31 KA a BK0111000EN book 32 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Instruments and controls 2 It is possible to adjust the clock using the function
275. r and the desired range may not actually be selected If you move the transfer shift lever from 4H to A4HLc while the vehicle is stationary keep your speed initially very low when you subsequently make a stand ing start Before driving at normal speeds confirm that the centre differential lock lamp has changed from blinking to steady illumination If you move the transfer shift lever from 4HLc to 4H and the centre differential lock lamp does not stop blinking place the steering wheel in the straight ahead position and slowly depress the accelerator pedal several times If you move the transfer shift lever from 4H to 2H and the front wheel lamp does not stop blinking con firm safety around the vehicle then accelerate deceler ate and reverse until the front wheel lamp goes off When the front wheel lamp goes off you can then pro ceed to drive the vehicle If you accelerate decelerate and reverse but the front wheel lamp still does not stop blinking return the trans fer shift lever to 4H then have your vehicle inspected When you move the transfer shift lever from 4H to 4 4 34 4HLce there may be a slight delay before the centre dif ferential lock lamp illuminates Rear differential lock E00606200144 If one wheel starts to spin freely and the vehicle becomes stuck and cannot be freed even using 4 wheel drive the rear differen tial lock switch A can be used to
276. r cluster illuminates for a few seconds then indicates the rear differential lock s operating status activated or deactivated Rear differential lock deactivated Switching in progress AA0087548 NOTE The 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp also illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the Rear differential lock activated ON position Refer to 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp on page 4 32 The status of the rear differential lock resulting from X depression of the rear differential lock switch is shown i by blinking or steady illumination of the rear differential C Illuminate steady lock indicator lamp EE Remain off 4 36 4 0 Zins BKOI11000EN book 37 X 2009478 AH260 KEH F53 257 Starting and driving NOTE If the indicator lamp continues blinking after the switch The indicator lamp blinks while the rear differential lock has been pressed to activate the rear differential lock bear is being switched between its activated and deactivated in mind the following instructions conditions When the switching operation is complete the e If the vehicle speed is 12 km h or higher decelerate to a indicator lamp is either illuminated steadily or not illumi speed of 6 km h or lower The indicator lamp will illu nated minate steadily and the rear differential lock will be acti The active stability amp traction control ASTC and the vated
277. r computer and the key s ID code do not match Refer to the section entitled Elec tronic immobiliser for details and key usage e 4 Allis g Zins BKOLL1OOOEN book 3 Y 200948H26H KIRA FR SHES 247 Locking and unlocking Electronic immobiliser Anti theft starting A system E00300201670 The electronic immobiliser is designed to reduce significantly the possibility of vehicle theft The purpose of the system is to immobilise the vehicle if an invalid start is attempted A valid start attempt can only be achieved using a key registered to the immobiliser system NOTE In the following cases the vehicle may not be able to receive the registered ID code from the registered key and B the engine may not start e When the key contacts a key ring or other metallic or magnetic object Type A e When the key grip contacts metal of another key Type B e When the key contacts or is close to other immobilising keys including keys of other vehicles Type C In cases like these remove the object or additional key from the vehicle key Then try again to start the engine If the engine does not start contact an authorized MIT SUBISHI MOTORS dealer AG2000231 1 3 4 AD Gs MP o 5 C44 i BK0111000EN book 4 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 Locking and unlocking f If you lose your key order a key from your authorized Keyless entry system MITSUBISH
278. r determines the current speed cannot be maintained once a higher gear is engaged For smoother vehicle performance if you release the throttle while climbing a steep grade the transmission may not upshift This is normal as the computer is temporarily preventing shift ing After reaching the top of the hill normal gear shift func tion will resume DRIVING DOWNHILL When travelling down steep grades the computer may auto matically select a lower gear This function assists engine brak ing efforts reducing the need for using the service brakes 4 26 Waiting E00604600261 For short waiting periods such as at traffic signals the vehicle can be left in gear and held stationary with the service brake For longer waiting periods with the engine running place the selector lever in the N NEUTRAL position and apply the parking brake while holding the vehicle stationary with the service brake A CAUTION Never hold the vehicle stationary on a hill using the accelerator pedal without using the brake pedal Always apply the parking brake and or service brakes AA d P d 4 BK0111000EN book 27 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOHR3 257 Parking E00604700161 To park the vehicle first bring it to a complete stop fully engage the parking brake and then move the selector lever to the P PARK position If you are going to leave the vehicle unattended always switch off the
279. r to use engine braking Try to drive safely at all time NOTE During running in period or immediately after reconnec tion of the battery cable there may be a case where gear shifts are not made smoothly This does not indicate a faulty transmission Gear shifts will become smooth after the transmission has been shifted several times by the electronic control sys tem e o Starting and driving Selector lever operation E00603300942 The transmission has 5 forward gears and 1 reverse gear The individual gears are selected automatically depending on the position of the gear selector lever the speed of the vehicle and the position of the accelerator pedal The selector lever has 2 gates the main gate 1 and the manual gate 2 AA0086075 NOTE For information on manual gate operation please refer to Sports mode on page 4 22 4 19 t 9 MZ 4 BK0111000EN book 20 7 2O0O09 8H26H KEH FRSHP3 247 Starting and driving j In the main gate selector lever has 4 positions and is equipped with a lock button A to avoid inadvertent selection of the wrong gear AA0086088 The lock button must be pushed to move the selector lever AA0067063 The lock button need not be pushed to move the selector lever A WARNING If the lock button is always pushed to operate the selector lever the lever may be accidentally shifted int
280. raint system to a 3 point To install type seat belt with emergency automatic locking 1 Adjust the angle of the second seatback to the most mechanism upright position and then the child restraint system in the 266407000808 second seating position The 3 point type seat belts at the below illustrated seating posi 2 Route the belt through the child restraint according to the tion can be converted from normal emergency locking retractor child restraint system manufacturer s instructions then ELR mode to automatic locking retractor ALR mode It insert the latch plate into the buckle should be so converted when installing a child restraint system to prevent the child restraint system from moving in case of an 2 accident 5 persons AA0001917 7 persons AA3006838 l 2 46 i 0 IZ A BK0111000EN book 47 Y 20094F8H26H8H KERA F53 24 Seat and seat belts 3 To activate the ALR mode slowly pull the shoulder part 5 After confirming that the belt is locked grab the shoulder of the belt all the way out until it stops then let the belt part of the belt near the buckle and pull up to remove any feed back into the retractor slack from the lap part of the belt Remember if the lap part of the belt is not tight the child restraint will not be secure It may help to put weight on the child restraint or push on the seatback while pulling up on the belt AA0001920 4 After the belt has re
281. ration described herein depend on the skill and experience of the operator and other par ticipating parties and any deviation from the recom mended operation instructions above is at their own risk 4 44 Turning sharp corners When turning a sharp corner in 4HLc or 4LLc position at low speed a slight difference in steering may be experienced similar to as if the brakes were applied This is called tight cor ner braking and results from each of the 4 tyres being at a dif ferent distance from the comer The phenomenon is peculiar to 4 wheel drive vehicles If this occurs either straighten the steering wheel or change to rear wheel drive AA d MZ 3 4 BK0111000EN book 45 X 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 4 Crossing a stream 4 wheel drive vehicles are not necessarily waterproof If the electrical circuits become wet further operation of the vehicle will be impossible therefore avoid crossing streams unless absolutely necessary If crossing a stream is unavoidable use the following procedure 1 Check depths of a stream and geographical features before attempting to cross a stream and ford the stream where the water is as shallow as practicable 2 Set the transfer shift lever to 4LLc position 3 Drive slowly at a speed of approximately 5 km h to avoid splashing too much water A CAUTION Never cross a stream where the water is deep Do not change gears while crossing th
282. re when the vehicle is stuck and cannot be freed with the transfer shift lever in 4LLc or 4HLc position Deactivate the rear differential lock immediately after using it When one of the wheels has fallen in a ditch AA0028202 AA0028198 4 38 e o t S N Y bs Vv ay BKO111000FN book 39 Y 20094 8H26AH KEA 4 53 24 e Starting and driving When getting out of snow Examples of incorrect use of the rear differential When the vehicle is unable to get going because one of the lock wheels is on the snow and the other on a paved road E00606500046 A WARNING If the 4LLc or 4HLc position is selected along with the rear differential lock the following phe nomena appear and it is very dangerous Please be sure to release the rear differential lock on normal roads e If the rear differential lock is used by mistake when driving on a paved road With the rear dif ferential lock on the power to drive the vehicle straight ahead becomes very strong which may make it difficult to turn the steering wheel AA0028215 AA0028228 mo gt NF r a Hy BKO111000EN book 40 Y 20094F8H26H KERA FRSRR3 277 Starting and driving A WARNING A WARNING If the rear differential lock is used by mistake when If the rear differential lock is used by mistake except turning a curve or making a
283. rest authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer Do not smoke or have any other open flame near the vehicle while bleeding the fuel system Be sure to carefully clean away any spilt fuel which could ignite and cause a fire AID ps a BKOLLLOOOEN book 9 Y 2009478H26H KIRA F53 247 For emergencies 2 Operate the hand pump B slowly 6 or 7 times in order to force the water out through the drain plug A A CAUTION Do not smoke or have any other open flame near the vehicle while bleeding the fuel system Be sure to carefully clean away any water drained out because any fuel mixed with the water could ignite and cause a fire AA0082338 3 Tighten the drain plug A when water no longer comes out 4 Bleed the air in the fuel system Refer to Bleeding the fuel system on page 6 7 5 Check to be sure that the fuel filter indicator lamp illumi 6 nates when the ignition switch is turned to ON and that it goes off when the engine is started If in doubt consult your nearest authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer ANZ lt AVY 5 4 a BK0111000EN book 10 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For emergencies Tools jack and jack handle Tools and jack handle E00800901005 E00801900874 Storage The tools jack and jack handle are stowed in the luggage com partment 1 The storage location of the tools jack and jack handle should be remembered in case
284. right or left turn at a when making an emergency escape on snow or fro crossing or the like The vehicle is unable to make a zen road It becomes difficult to make a steady turn turn and may go straight ahead In the case where the condition of the road is differ ent for the right tyre to drive from the left tyre such as one tyre on a paved road and the other on ice direction of the vehicle may change abruptly when engine braking or accelerating Do not use the rear differential lock except when making an emergency escape on a snow or frozen road but drive with 4WD gt N gt vr SS Lee hh NOX 4 NK yf i de NAY WK 1h Nay a S Ma NLS AA0028231 AM AA0028244 4 4 cis BKOI11000EN book 41 Y 2009478 AH260 KH PRS IES 257 Starting and driving 4 wheel drive operation Driving on dry paved road and highway 00606600571 Select 2H or 4H position to drive on the dry paved road By selecting 4 wheel drive both axles of the vehicle are rigidly Especially on dry highway never select the 4HLc or 4LLc connected with each other This improves the traction charac position teristics When turning sharp corners or moving forward and backward repeatedly however the drive line is stressed which A CAUTION O is felt as a braking effect A 4 wheel drive vehicle can acceler A CA UTION ate more quick
285. rior by occasionally setting AA0058126 the switch from the recirculation to the outside position 1 Set the mode selection dial to the Gy position 2 Set the blower to the maximum speed 3 Set the temperature to the highest position 5 NOTE While the mode selection dial is set to the Sy position the air conditioning will operate automatically and the outside air position will also be selected automatically To demist effectively direct the air flow from the side ventilators towards the door windows Do not set the temperature control dial to the max cool position Cool air will blow against the window glasses and form mist on them 5 21 AWB Zs BKO111000EN book 22 X Y 200948H26H KEA 45 RES 24 For pleasant driving Rear cooler Rear fan switch for the front seat E00707700091 E00717300065 The rear cooler can only be used while the engine is running Pressing the REAR end of the switch to the ON position operates the rear blower NOTE Pressing the other end of the switch to the OFF position Cooling with rear cooler is only possible when the front stops the rear blower air conditioning is switched on The indicator lamp A illuminates when the rear blower is When the front air conditioning is not switched on only operating fan operation without cooling is possible Control panel E00719200064 AA0087942 NOTE While the rear fan switch
286. rom the vehi cle in order to prevent injury to yourself or your passengers AAO0017071 A WARNING ALL CHILD RESTRAINTS should only be used in a seat with a top tether strap anchor point Failure to use the top tether strap of a child restraint may kill or cause serious injuries to the child 2 41 Sp cis BKO111000EN book 42 Y 20094F8A 26H KERA FIR ORFS 277 7 Seat and seat belts NOTE 2 42 e Before purchasing a child restraint system try installing it in the rear seat to make sure there is a good fit Because of the location of the seat belt buckles and the shape of the seat cushion it may be difficult to securely install some manufacturer s child restraint systems If the child restraint system can be pulled forward or to either side easily on the seat cushion after the seat belt has been tightened choose another manufacturer s child restraint system Older children 00406700118 Children who have outgrown the child restraint system should be seated in the rear seat and wear combination lap shoulder belt The lap portion of the belt should be snug and positioned low on the abdomen so that it is below the top of the hip bone Oth erwise the belt could intrude into the child s abdomen during an accident and cause injury A WARNING Children who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in an accident Children who are not buckled up
287. rrowed fuse as soon as possible AA4000527 8 30 4 0 SY 5 4 cis BKO1L1000EN book 31 S 20094 8H26H AMA FR SHES 247 Maintenance Some fuses may not be installed on your vehicle depend ing on the vehicle model or specifications The table above shows the main equipment corresponding to each fuse Identification of fuse Electrical system Capacity Electric window system Ignition switch E01008100193 Air conditioning compressor Capacity Colour Condenser fan motor Headlamp high beam left Brown Red Blue Yellow Green fuse type Pink fusible link type Green fusible link type Headlamp high beam right Headlamp low beam left 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Headlamp low beam right So Engine control Alternator N Stop lamps Ww Horn D Automatic transmission p nN Hazard warning flasher n ON Fuel pump n N Front fog lamps Radio 8 p oo Fusible link 4 ow a p 4 Zs BKO111000EN book 32 Y 20094F8H26H8H KEA FF5324 i Maintenance Fuse replacement 4 Referring to the fuse load capacity table check the fuse 201007800555 pertaining to the problem Before replacing a fuse always turn off the electrical cir cuit concerned and place the ignition switch in the LOCK position Pu
288. rs of both vehicles and that the vehicles ACC or ON position to unlock the steering wheel travel at low speed A CAUTION Avoid sudden braking sudden acceleration and sharp turning such operation could cause damage to the towing hooks or the tow rope People in the vicinity could be injured as a result When towing or being towed down a long slope the brakes may overheat reducing the effectiveness In this situation have your vehicle transported by a tow truck When the vehicle with an A T is to be towed by another vehicle with the all wheels on the ground make sure that the towing speed and distance given below are never exceeded causing damage to the transmission A CAUTION When the engine is not running the brake booster and power steering pump do not operate This means higher brake depression force and higher steering effort are required Therefore vehicle oper ation is more difficult than usual Do not leave the key in the LOCK position The steering wheel will lock causing loss of control 3 Place the gearshift lever in the N Neutral position M T or the selector lever in the N NEUTRAL posi tion A T 4 Shift the transfer shift lever to 2H position 5 Turn on the hazard warning lamps if required by law Follow the local driving laws and regulations Towing speed 50 km h Towing distance 50 km For the towing speed and the towing distance follow
289. rs or spray the washer fluid Windscreen wipers MIST OFF AA0086541 o Instruments and controls MIST Misting function The wipers will operate once OFF Off INT Speed sensitive intermittent operation Interval between wipers varies in accordance with vehi cle speed LO Slow HI Fast NOTE The speed sensitive operation function of the windscreen wipers can be deactivated For further information please contact your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer 3 63 3 LP MZ i 4 a BK0111000EN book 64 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FHROKFR3 257 Instruments and controls To adjust intermittent intervals Misting function With the lever in the INT speed sensitive position the Move the lever in the direction of the arrow and release and intermittent intervals can be adjusted by turning the knob A the wipers will operate once Use this function when you are driving in mist or drizzle If the lever is held in the upward position MIST the wipers continue operating until the lever is released AA0086554 l Fast 2 Slow AA0086567 Wiper blades E00526800028 If the blades are frozen to the windscreen do not operate the wipers until the ice has melted and the blades are freed other wise the wiper motor may be damaged 3 64 KA Zils BK0111000EN book 65 Y 20094F8H26H KEH PROKFR3 257 F Windscreen washer E005072
290. rubber If stained with wax the weatherstrip cannot maintain a weatherproof seal with the sunroof Polishing 00901100024 The vehicle should only be polished if the paintwork has become stained or lost its lustre Matt finish parts and plastic bumpers must not be polished polishing these parts will stain them or damage their finish e V cis BKOI11000EN book 7 X 200948H 26H KEHA PR SHS 24 7 Damaged paint E00901200012 Small cracks and scratches in the paint coat should be touched up as soon as possible with MITSUBISHI touch up paint to prevent corrosion Check body areas facing the road or the tyres carefully for damage to the paint coat caused by flying stones etc The paint code number for your vehicle can be found on the vehicle information code plate in the engine compartment e o Vehicle care Cleaning plastic parts E00901300589 Use a sponge or chamois leather If a car wax adheres on a grey or black rough surface of the bumper moulding or lamps the surface becomes white In such a case wipe it off using lukewarm water and soft cloth or chamois leather A CAUTION Do not use a scrubbing brush or other hard tools as they may damage the plastic part surface Do not use wax containing compound polishing powder which may damage the plastic part surface Do not bring the plastic parts into contact with pet rol light oil brake fluids engine oils greases pa
291. ry discharge of the battery do not use the rear window demister during starting of the engine or a g D am es when the engine is not running Turn the demister off T immediately after the window is clear AA0088705 When cleaning the inside of the rear window use a soft cloth and wipe gently along the heater wires being careful not to damage the wires Do not allow objects to touch the inside of the rear win dow glass or damaged or broken wires may result 3 68 4 e o d Zips BK0111000EN book 69 Y 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 Instruments and controls Horn switch E00508000493 Press the steering wheel on or around the be mark AA0085906 3 69 KA o ps MZ ag a BK0111000EN book 70 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOHR3 257 YVA is cis BKOI11000EN book 1 X 200948H26H KEA PR SHS 247 4 Starting and driving Economicalidnivin eee eee eee 4 Driving alcohol and drugs 4 Safe driving techniques a a 4 Running in recommendations 4 Parking brake secre cores te ee ore wn wear care 4 Lid Un on ee ae ey a aed eee en aoe or 4 Steering wheel height adjustment 4 Insidemear View mitorik eye re ee E 4 Outside rear view mirrors e eE 4 IGT SON os ba eobes eon boos peedenbooor 4 Steerinvswheelilockeemunwacear eats oi 4 Startin Gee pete eee A 4 Manual transmi
292. s E00300102126 The key fits all locks AA0035363 A WARNING When bringing a key on flights do not press any switches on the key while on the plane If a switch is pressed on the plane the key emits electromagnetic waves which could adversely affect the plane s flight operation When carrying a key in a bag be careful that no switches on the key can be easily pressed by mistake NOTE The key number is stamped on the tag as indicated in the illustration Make a record of the key number and store the key and key number tag in separate places so that you can order a key from your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer in the event the original keys are lost The key is a precision electronic part with a built in signal transmitter Please observe the following in order to pre vent a malfunction e Do not leave anywhere that is exposed to direct sunlight for example on the dashboard Do not disassemble or modify e Do not excessively bend the key or subject it to a strong impact Do not expose to water e Keep away from magnetic key rings e Keep away from audio systems personal computers TVs and any other equipment that generates a magnetic field e Do not wash with ultrasonic cleaners or similar equip ment e Do not leave the key where it may be exposed to high temperature or high humidity The engine is designed so that it will not start if the ID code registered in the immobilise
293. s E00600300505 Driving safety and protection against injury cannot be fully ensured However we recommend that you pay extra attention to the following Seat belts Before starting the vehicle make sure that you and your pas sengers have fastened your seat belts 4 3 t NF ls BK0111000EN book 4 Y 20094 8H26H KEH F53 247 Starting and driving j Floor mats Carrying children in the vehicle Never leave your vehicle unattended with the key in the A WARNING ignition and children inside the vehicle Children may E Keep ilor mats cear of tie pedal Dy correctly lay play with the driving controls and this could lead to an 5 accident ing foor mats that are suitable tor the vehicle ae Make sure that infants and small children are properly To prevent the floor mats from slipping out position z restrained in accordance with the laws and regulations securely retain them using the hook etc 8 i Nale dai a ae a doas ato e a nedalo ars and for maximum protection in case of an accident P t childr r ing i one floor mat on top of another can obstruct pedal Prevent cilen or Mayin tbe MERRES Campar opea o adad wa seriaus reskin ment It is illegal to allow them to play there while the vehicle is moving AA0054085 aa ila BK0111000EN book 5 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 7 Running in recommendations E00600401978 During the running in perio
294. s always between the MAX and MIN level markings on the fluid reservoir AA0083739 A rapid fluid loss indicates a leak in the clutch system which should be inspected by your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer and repaired immediately e ANZ is SY 5 2 cis BK0111000EN book 13 X 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 F Fluid type Brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 should be used The reservoir cap must be fully tightened to avoid contamina tion from foreign matter or moisture DO NOT ALLOW PETROLEUM BASED FLUID TO CON TACT MIX WITH OR OTHERWISE CONTAMINATE THE BRAKE FLUID SEAL DAMAGE WILL RESULT A WARNING Take care in handling brake fluid as it is harmful to the eyes and may also cause damage to painted sur faces Wipe up any spills immediately Power steering fluid To check the fluid level Maintenance E 01001100833 Check the fluid level in the reservoir while the engine is idling Check to make certain that the power steering fluid level is always between the MAX and MIN level markings on the fluid reservoir and top up the fluid if necessary Fluid type Use ATF DEXRON III or DEXRON II 8 13 ZB e P d gt BKOLL1000EN book 14 Y 20094 8H 264 KERA F53 2 57 Maintenance Battery E01001201730 The condition of the battery is very important for quick starting of the engine and
295. s and noise are highly influenced by personal driving habits as well as the par ticular operating conditions The following points should be observed in order to minimize wear of brakes tyres and engine as well as to reduce environmental pollution Starting Avoid rapid acceleration and sudden starts such operation will result in higher fuel consumption Shifting Shift only at an appropriate speed and engine speed Always use the highest gear possible The transfer shift lever should be set to 2H when driving on normal roads and express ways to obtain best possible fuel economy City traffic Frequent starting and stopping increases the average fuel con sumption Use roads with smooth traffic flow whenever possi ble When driving on congested roads avoid use of a low gear at high engine speeds Idling The vehicle consumes fuel even during idling Avoid extended idling whenever possible Speed More fuel is consumed at higher vehicle speeds Avoid driving at full speed Even a slight release of the accelerator pedal will save a significant amount of fuel Tyre inflation pressure Check the tyre inflation pressures at regular intervals Low tyre inflation pressure increases road resistance and fuel consump tion In addition low tyre pressures adversely affect tyre wear and driving stability Load Do not drive with unnecessary articles in the luggage compart ment Especially during city driving where frequent starti
296. s and non ferrous materials Wind born spray from the sea can distribute salt for a distance of up to 20 km from the shore line with prevailing on shore winds although the effect is generally worse within 2 km of the shore Salt spray covers roads and may be passed to your vehicle as dust or as salt spray after rain For this reason it is important to wash all the vehicle including the underside not forgetting the engine bay and engine bay components See section entitled Engine compartment for recommended cleaning practices Ensure you request your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer to conduct the scheduled Preventative Maintenance cor rosion inspection if you live within 20 km of the sea A CAUTION When washing the under side of your vehicle or wheel be careful not to injure your hands Refrain from excessively using a car wash as its brushes may scratch the paint surface causing it to lose its gloss Scratches will be especially visible on darker col oured vehicles Never spray or splash water on the electrical compo nents in the engine compartment as this may adversely affect engine starting Exercise caution also when washing the underbody be careful not to spray water into the engine com partment o Vehicle care A CAUTION Some types of hot water washing equipment apply high pressure and heat to the vehicle They may cause heat distortion and damage to the vehicle resin parts and may result
297. s the ON OFF switch A Cruise control will be page 4 54 turned off Press the CANCEL switch D A WARNING On vehicles with A T although the set speed driving will be deactivated when shifting to the N NEU Depress the brake pedal TRAL position never move the selector lever to the D N NEUTRAL position while driving You would have no engine braking and could cause AB A a serious accident EY Also the set speed driving may be deactivated as follow When the engine speed rises and approaches the tachome ter s red zone the red coloured part of the tachometer 4 dial A CAUTION AG0001364 When the set speed driving is deactivated automati cally in any situation other than those listed above there may be a system malfunction Press the ON OFF switch to turn off the cruise M T control and have your vehicle inspected by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer The set speed driving is deactivated automatically in any of the following ways When you depress the clutch pedal on vehicles with When your speed slows to about 15 km h or more below the set speed because of a hill etc When your speed slows to about 40 km h or less 4 65 4 Allis g MZ 4 a BK0111000EN book 66 X 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Starting and driving To resume the set speed Reversing sensor system E00609800024 00615500185 If the set sp
298. seatback is cine There is aie risk Do not attempt to adjust the seat while driving This that the passenger will slide under the seat belt can cause loss of vehicle control and result in an resulting in serious injury when the seatback is accident After adjustments are made ensure the reclined 2 seating is locked in position by attempting to move the seat forward and rearward without using the adjusting mechanism It is illegal to ride in the luggage area of a vehicle Also fhe luggage area and Pe seats should never Make sure the seat is adjusted by an adult or with be used as a play area by children In a collision adult supervision for correct and safe operation people riding unrestrained in these areas are more o A a a Moan eee aot Ae obe oe San ora the head restraints will be reduced in the event of an accident Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehi cle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts and ea make sure that everyone travelling in your vehicle K When sliding the seats be careful not to catch your in a seat and wearing a seat belt or in the case of a hand or foot lini h young child is strapped in a child restraint When sliding or reclining the seat rearward pay careful attention to the rear seat passengers KY E BKO111000EN book 6 Y 20094F8H26H KEHA F532 Seat and seat belts Front seats Power type E00400400100 Adjust the seat by operating the switch as indicated
299. ses an integrated antenna inside the vehicle can cause interference with vehicle sys tems when transmitting eg audio systems interfer ence Safe operation of the vehicle will not be affected by the use of hand held mobile phones within the vehicle The vehicle exceeds the Federal Chamber of Auto motive Industries FCAI recommended code of practice for EMC in Australia This means the elec tromagnetic emissions within the vehicle are lower than the maximum permitted by this Code of Prac tice NOTE It is dangerous and may also be illegal to operate mobile phone or CB radio equipment while driving Always pull over to make or answer a call NF ls cis BKO111000EN book 6 X 200948H 26H 4 KER F53 257 General information Important points Due to the large number of accessory and replacement parts of different manufacturers in the Australian market non Genuine Parts amp Accessories neither MITSUBISHI MOTORS COR PORATION nor MITSUBISHI MOTORS AUSTRALIA LIM ITED can check whether the attachment or installation of such non Genuine Parts amp Accessories affects the driving safety of your MITSUBISHI vehicle If your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer recom mends supplies or arranges supply of non Genuine Parts amp Accessories you should satisfy yourself that the authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer is in a position to confirm the driving safety of your MITSUBISHI vehicle In the
300. ssion 2 00 4 Automatic transmission INVECS II Sports Mode 5A T Intelligent amp Innovative Vehicle Electronic Control System I 4 Superselecta ND sc cactcudcdvovssueccduoas 4 Rearditterentiallloc kes earn a ar 4 4 wheel drive Operation aa 4 Inspection and maintenance following rough road operation 4 COD DHD NW WwW WN 10 13 14 15 17 28 34 41 45 Cautions on handling of 4 wheel drive vehicles 4 Brakine ae eae Aca teents eeu AE 4 Anti lock brake system ABS 4 Power steering system 0 05 4 Active Stability amp Traction Control ASTC 4 Crise CON EE a 4 Reversing sensor system 4 INGHIRATIENY CAME cha ccooancohe souesee soe 4 Gargoiloads meena ae ee ge eee aie 4 Towing caravans and trailers 4 46 48 50 54 54 59 66 72 76 AA d cis BKO111000EN book 2 X 200948H26H KER F53 257 Starting and driving Economical driving E00600100590 For economical driving there are some technical requirements that have to be met The prerequisite for low fuel consumption is a properly adjusted engine In order to achieve longer life of the vehicle and the most economical operation have the vehi cle serviced by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer at regular intervals in accordance with the service standards Fuel economy and generation of exhaust ga
301. t i 5 56 NY o a a IP a BK0111000EN book 57 Y 20094 8H26H ANEA Room lamps A F53 2 47 E00712101074 Front AA0082787 Rear AA0082790 e o For pleasant driving 1 ON The lamp illuminates 2 The lamp illuminates when a door or the tailgate is opened It goes off about 15 seconds after the door or tailgate is closed However the lamp goes off immediately in the follow ing cases All doors and the tailgate are closed and the igni tion switch is turned to the ON position All doors and the tailgate are locked using the key mechanism of the driver s door the lock knob of the driver s door or the remote control switch of the keyless entry system NOTE When the ignition key is removed with the doors and the tailgate closed the lamp is illuminated and after about 15 seconds it goes off The dimming period is also adjustable For further information please contact your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer 3 OFF The lamp goes off 5 57 LP P d gt BK0111000EN book 58 Y 20094 8H 26H KERA F53 2 57 For pleasant driving Personal lamps E00712500169 Push the switch A to turn on the lamp Push it again to turn it off AA0082934 5 58 Luggage compartment lamp 00712700507 AA0082804 1 ON 2 The lamp illuminates The lamp
302. t is achieved A WARNING Never drive with luggage or passengers on the flat seat This is highly dangerous 2 In a collision people or children riding unrestrained in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured 3 or killed Do not allow people or children to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts and make sure that everyone travelling in your vehicle is in a seat and wearing a seat belt or in the case of a child is strapped in a child restraint In the interest of their safety children should not be allowed to adjust the seats AA0098580 s 4 a p 4 AW E BK0111000EN book 27 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Seat and seat belts 1 Remove the head restraints from the front seats and raise A CA UTION the armrest To make a flat seat stop the vehicle in a safe place If your vehicle is equipped with the cargo area cover Make sure the seat is adjusted by an adult or with remove it adult supervision for correct and safe operation Refer to Head restraints on page 2 13 Armrest on If it is adjusted by a child an unexpected accident page 2 11 and Cargo are cover on page 5 68 might occur When sliding the seat be sure not to catch your hand or leg Do not walk around on top of the seats after they have been laid flat To ensure the seats are locked securely attempt to move them back and forth
303. t is possible to activate the following functions For fur ther information please contact your authorized MIT SUBISHI MOTORS dealer e Adjustment of the interval for intermittent operation e Changing intermittent wiper operation to continuous wiper operation AA0086583 INT The wiper operates continuously for several seconds then operates intermittently at intervals of about every 8 sec onds OFF Off ev The washer fluid will be sprayed onto the rear window ED when the knob is turned fully in either direction The wipers operate automatically several times while the washer fluid is being sprayed 3 66 Y ik a a eo BK0111000EN book 67 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Headlamp washer switch E00510100345 The headlamp washer can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position and the headlamps are on Push the button once and the washer fluid will be sprayed on to o Instruments and controls Precautions to observe when using wipers and washers E00507600102 If the moving wipers become blocked by ice or other deposits on the glass the motor may burn out even if the wiper switch is turned to OFF If obstruction occurs park your vehicle in a safe place turn off the ignition and clean the deposits from the glass so that the wipers operate smoothly Do not use the wipers when the glass is dry They may scratch the glass surface and the blades
304. t is possible to retract and extend the mirrors by to prevent damage when parking in narrow areas hand After retracting a mirror using the mirror With the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position push retractor switch however you should extend it by the mirror retractor switch to retract the mirrors Push it again using the switch again not by hand If you extended to extend the mirrors to their original positions the mirror by hand after retracting it using the switch it would not properly lock in position As a result it could move because of the wind or vibra tion while you are driving taking away your rear 4 ward visibility NOTE a Be careful not to get your hands trapped while a mirror is moving 4 lt 4 MIRROR gt If you move a mirror by hand or it moves after hitting a v person or object you may not be able to return it to its original position using the mirror retractor switch If this happens push the mirror retractor switch to place the mir ror in its retracted position and then push the switch again ANGER to return the mirror to its original position If the battery voltage is low and you start the engine while extending the mirrors the mirrors may stop part way If A CAUTION this happens push the mirror retractor switch to retract the Do not drive the vehicle with the mirror folded in mirrors and then push the switch again to extend them The lack of rearward visibil
305. t level If these items are satisfactory the overheating could be caused by a number of mechanical causes that would have to be checked at an authorized MIT SUBISHI MOTORS dealer A CAUTION If the engine overheats reference should be made to Engine overheating section of For emergencies prior to taking any corrective action If your vehicle is in good mechanical condition and it over heats due to heavy traffic conditions or high air temperatures additional cooling may be obtained by the following methods Shift into a lower gear when climbing hills and reduce speed Reduce your speed by 15 km h if towing at high speeds 4 79 t AA Zs MZ ag a BK0111000EN book 80 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSHR3 257 YVA is BK0111000EN book 1 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 For pleasant driving Nentilatorseee peed ere Serene eae yea ae tee 5 2 Bottlesholdeneerrs eae renter caer Ee fee e 5 67 Front manual air conditioning 5 8 Cargo area cover 5 persons 5 68 Front automatic air conditioning 5 15 Convenient NOOK cacoeatocontcoenboonsoces 5 70 Rearcoolent ea a a et rece er ee ee Be 2 leugcageshookswarwsee ere ese ee ee 5 71 Important operation tips for the air conditioning 5 23 Luggage net 5 persons 0 0 5 73 Air purifier with deodorizing function 5 24 WANTS I 624 TIDE ees eae wy Ron
306. t lever Vehicles with A T The transfer shift lever can be operated while the vehi cle is either moving or stationary When the vehicle is not in motion shift the selector lever to the N NEUTRAL position before operating the transfer shift lever When the vehicle is moving and only while it can be steered straight ahead shift the selector lever to the D DRIVE position and release the accelerator pedal before operating the transfer shift lever 4 30 Stop the vehicle depress the clutch pedal to the floor and operate the transfer shift lever while keeping the transfer shift lever pushed down Keep depressing the clutch pedal while the 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp continues to blink Stop the vehicle shift the selector lever to the N NEUTRAL position and operate the transfer shift lever while keeping the transfer shift lever pushed down If operation is made with the selector lever placed in any other position than N NEUTRAL position a gear noise may be generated with a possible failure to shift into a proper gear VA i cis BKOI11000EN book 31 X 20094F8H26H KEA PRS HFS 25 gt 4 Starting and driving NOTE Shifting of the transfer shift lever between 2H lt 4H should only be done at speeds below 100 km h During driving never attempt to shift from 4HLc to 4LLc When shifting from 2H to 4H in
307. t mode used 2 Press the AM FM buttons 5 or 6 to select the desired band 3 Press the TUNE SEEK button 3 or 4 to tune to a station or press one of the memory select buttons 2 to recall a station memorised for that button To tune the radio E00709100552 Automatic tuning After keeping the TUNE SEEK button 3 or 4 depressed release the button and the selected station reception will Start Press the SCAN button 7 and the radio will tune con secutively to each available station for 5 seconds per sta tion If you want to stop scanning press the SCAN button 5 7 again The frequency display blinks during SCAN Manual tuning The frequency changes every time the TUNE SEEK button 3 or 4 is pressed Press the button to select the desired station 5 32 To enter frequencies into the memory E00716101098 Manual setting As many as 6 AM and 6 FM stations can be entered into the memory Stations already assigned to the memory select but tons are replaced by any newly assigned stations AA0096124 Follow the steps described below 1 Press either the TUNE SEEK button 3 or 4 to tune the frequency to be entered in the memory 2 Press one of the memory select buttons 2 for 2 seconds or longer The number of the button corresponding to the entry in the memory and the frequency are displayed 3 The preset memory setting is retrieved by pressing the button and then releasing it within 2 sec
308. tback height Secure the luggage firmly Otherwise serious accidents could result due to hin dered rearward view or flying objects during sud den braking AA3005929 5 71 4 AD Gs P Pap i ba sea Zs BKOLLLOOOEN book 72 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For pleasant driving Third seatback 7 persons Fold the third seatback pull up the cover A AA0088011 AA0083595 NOTE 5 Do not hang heavy luggage more than about 4 kg on the hook Side Doing so could cause damage to the hook i 5 72 L NY o a a BK0111000EN book 73 Y 20094 8H 264 Luggage net 5 persons KERA FAR 5 FB 2 4D E00733700018 It is possible to attach the luggage net to the four floor hooks AA0083016 o For pleasant driving Assist grip E00732800096 These grips are to support the body by hand while seated in the vehicle AA0083029 A CAUTION Do not use the assist grips when getting into or out of the vehicle The assist grips could detach and cause an accident 5 73 KA As SY 5 4 cis BKO1L1000EN book 74 S 20094 8H26H KEH F53 2457 For pleasant driving Coat hook A WARNING There is a coat hook on the second seat assist grip Do not put a hanger or any heavy or pointed object E00725600539 on the coat hook If the curtain airbag was activated any suc
309. tch 4 is operated Driver s switch AA0084055 1 Driver s door window 2 Front passenger s door window 3 Rear left door window Rear right door window 5 Lock switch D 1 15 4 V MP a 24g cis BK0111000EN book 16 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHROKR3 257 Locking and unlocking t Passenger s switches A WARNING The passenger s switches can be used to operate the corre Before operating the electric window control make sponding passenger s door windows sure that nothing is capable of being trapped head Press the switch down for opening the door window and pull hand finger etc up the switch for closing Never leave the vehicle without removing the key Never leave a child or other person who might not 1 be capable of safe operation of the electric window control in the vehicle alone NOTE 4 Repeated operation with the engine stopped will run down the battery Operate the window switches only while the gt engine is running Driver s switches The driver s switches can be used to operate all door windows A door window can be opened or closed by operating the cor responding switch Press the switch down to open the door window and pull up ES the switch to close it NOTE If the switch for the driver s door window is fully pressed The rear door windows only open halfway down pulled up the door window automatically opens closes comple
310. tch fluid 8 12 9 14 Electrical system 9 11 Engine coolant 8 8 9 14 Electronic immobiliser Anti theft starting system 1 3 Power steering fluid 8 13 9 14 Emergency starting 6 2 Washer fluid 8 11 9 14 Engine For cold and snowy weather 8 27 Coolant 8 8 9 14 Front console box 5 61 Number 9 5 Front fog lamps Oil 8 6 9 14 Bulb capacity 8 34 Overheating 6 5 Indicator lamp 3 10 Specifications 9 9 Replacement 8 42 Used engine oils safety instructions and disposal Switch 3 62 information 7 Front room lamp 5 57 Water temperature gauge 3 7 Bulb capacity 8 35 Engine hood 8 4 Replacement 8 53 Error codes 5 44 Front seats 2 6 Exterior and interior lamp operation 8 26 Front turn signal lamps Bulb capacity 8 34 Replacement 8 39 MZ R nay a BK0111000EN book 4 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 257 4 Alphabetical index Fuel Filling the fuel tank 3 Fuel filter indicator lamp 3 11 Fuel gauge 3 6 Fuel selection 2 Low fuel warning lamp 3 7 Modification alterations to the electrical or fuel systems 6 Tank capacity 3 Fuel filled container 8 Fuses 8 28 Fusible links 8 27 Gauges 3 2 General maintenance 8 26 General vehicle data 9 6 Genuine parts 7 Glove box 5 61 Glove box lamp Bulb capacity 8 35 Replacement 8 57 H Handling of compact discs 5 47 Hazard warning flasher switch 3 61 Head restraints 2 13 Headlamp washer switch 3 67 Headlamps Bulb capacity 8 34 Headlamp flasher 3 59 Replacement 8 36 Switch 3 57 Hi
311. te NOTE If you do not open the tailgate immediately after pulling the handle the tailgate will automatically be relocked If this happens pull the handle again and lift the tailgate with the handle still pulled 1 12 The tailgate cannot be opened when the battery is flat or disconnected with the outside tailgate handle The tailgate can only be opened manually with the inside tailgate release refer page 1 14 After replacement of the battery the tailgate will be in the locked position e o t AVA Gs AW E BK0111000EN book 13 Y 2009 8H26 P KEH F53 257 To close Pull the tailgate grip A downward as illustrated Gently slam the tailgate from the outside so that it is completely closed Always ensure the tailgate is securely closed l AA0083999 A CAUTION When closing the tailgate always ensure your or other one s fingers cannot be caught by the tailgate Before driving make sure that the tailgate is securely closed If the tailgate opens while driving the vehicle objects stored in the luggage area could fall out onto the road o Locking and unlocking NOTE Gas struts B are installed to support the tailgate To pre vent damage or faulty operation Do not hold the gas struts when closing the tailgate e Also do not push or pull the gas struts e Do not attach any plastic material tape etc to the gas struts
312. ted below C Spacer 10 mm thick D Cover E Anchorage fitting F Bolt 5 16 UNC 30 mm Tightening torque 17 to 26 Nem G Attaching clip H part of child restraint system H Plug Front of the vehicle amp 1 2a AA3007196 2 44 iY BKO111000EN book 45 Y 20094F8H268H KA F53 24 gt Seat and seat belts Tether anchor strap installation 1 Remove the head restraint from the location in which you Child restraint anchorages are designed to with wish to install a child restraint system stand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted 2 Open the cover from the child restraint anchorage point by child restraints Under no circumstances are they to pulling it back with your hand as illustrated below 2 be used for adult seatbelts harnesses or for attach 3 Latch the attaching clip A of the child restraint system to ing other items or equipment to the vehicle the anchorage fitting B as illustrated below 3 and According to ADR 34 tighten the tether anchor strap so it is securely fastened AA0093527 Front of the vehicle 4 The seat belt must still be used to restrain the child restraint refer to Installing a child restraint system to a 3 point type seat belt on page 2 46 2 48 2 45 4 p 4 SP TEES A FA HGY Zi BK0111000EN book 46 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Seat and seat belts j Installing a child rest
313. tely If you want to stop the door window movement operate the switch in the reverse direction s 4 a 9 48 V s Zils BK0111000EN book 17 X 20094F8H26H AEA F53 257 F Lock switch E 00303100934 When this switch is operated the passenger s switches cannot be used to open or close the windows In addition the driver s switch cannot open or close any door windows other than the driver s door window To unlock press it once again AA0086352 1 Lock 2 Unlock A WARNING A child may tamper with the switch at the risk of its hands or head being trapped in the window When driving with a child in the vehicle please press the window lock switch to disable the passenger s switches o Locking and unlocking Timer function E00302400480 When the ignition switch is turned from the ACC position to the LOCK position a timer function operates permitting the door windows to be opened and closed for a while If both of the front doors are closed when the ignition switch is turned from the ACC position to the LOCK position the windows can be opened and closed for a period of approxi mately 30 minutes If either front door is open the windows can be opened and closed for a period of approximately 30 sec onds The length of the period changes if steps are taken as fol lows Within 30 seconds of turning the ignition switch from the ACC position
314. the instrument cluster will illuminate NOTE The high beams can also flash when the lamp switch is OFF If you turn the lamps off with the headlamps set to high beam the headlamps are automatically returned to their low beam setting when the lamp switch is next turned to the O position 3 59 AVA Gs Zips BK0111000EN book 60 X 20094F8H26H KEH FRSKFR3 257 Instruments and controls Turn Lane change signals E00506501039 The turn signal lamps flash when the switch is operated with the ignition switch ON At the same time the turn signal indicator flashes AA0086512 1 Turn signals When making a normal turn use position 1 The lever will return automatically when cornering is completed There are times when the lever will not return after corner ing This occurs when the steering wheel is turned only slightly In such cases return the lever by hand 2 Lane change signals When changing lanes use position 2 It will return to the neutral position when released 3 60 NOTE If the lamp flashes unusually quickly the bulb in a turn signal lamp may have burned out Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer It is possible to activate the following functions For fur ther information please contact your authorized MIT SUBISHI MOTORS dealer e Sounding of a buzzer as the turn signal lamps flash e Flashing of the t
315. the local driving laws and regulations 6 33 V ais V s AW E BK0111000EN book 34 Y 2009 8H26 AMA F53 2457 For emergencies Only use the rear towing hook A as shown in the illustration A CAUTION Secure the tow rope to the rear towing hook When you are going to tow another vehicle move the transfer shift lever to 4H position Selecting 2H drive may increase the differential oil temperature resulting in possible damage to the driving system Further the drive train will be subjected to excessive loading possibly leading to oil leakage component seizure or other serious faults NOTE Do not tow a vehicle heavier than your own vehicle AA0090975 A CAUTION Do not use the tie down hook B for towing This 6 hook is provided only for the purpose of transport ing the vehicle itself Using any part other than the designated towing hook A could result in damage to vehicle body AA0000718 a 9 4 MZ 3 4 BK0111000EN book 35 Y 2009 8H26 P KEH F53 257 7 Operation under adverse driving conditions E00801702368 If your vehicle becomes stuck in sand mud or snow If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow sand or mud it can often be moved by a rocking motion Move the selector lever alter nately between the Sports mode and R REVERSE position with M T between Ist and Reverse while applying sli
316. the retainer from the old blade 8 8 25 p 4 MZ 3 4 BK0111000EN book 26 Y 2009 8H26P KEH F53 257 7 e Maintenance General maintenance E01002700474 Fuel engine coolant oil and exhaust gas leakage Look under the body of your vehicle to check for fuel engine coolant oil and exhaust gas leaks A WARNING If you see a fuel leak or if you smell fuel do not oper ate the vehicle call your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer for assistance Exterior and interior lamp operation Operate the combination lamp switch to check that all lamps are functioning properly If the lamps do not illuminate the probable cause is a blown fuse or defective lamp bulb Check the fuses first If there is no blown fuses check the lamp bulbs For information regarding the inspection and replacement of the fuses and the lamp bulbs refer to Fuses on page 8 28 and Replacement of lamp bulbs on page 8 33 If the fuses and bulbs are all OK take the vehicle to an author ized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer for inspection and repair 8 26 o Meter gauge and indicator warning lamps oper ation Run the engine to check the operation of all meters gauges and indicator warning lamps If there is anything wrong take the vehicle to an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer for inspection Hinges and latches lubrication Check all latches and hinges and if necessary have them lubricated by an
317. the seat belts in your vehicle are your primary means of protection in a collision The SRS airbags are designed to pro vide additional protection Therefore for your safety and the safety of all occupants be sure to always properly wear your seat belts 2 57 t ANZ is MZ 3 4 BK0111000EN book 58 Y 2009 8H26 P KEH F53 257 7 e Seat and seat belts The front airbags MAY NOT DEPLOY when With certain types of frontal collisions the vehicle s body structure is designed to absorb the shock to help protect the occupants from harm The vehicle body s front area may deform significantly as it absorbs the impact Under such cir cumstances the front airbags may not deploy irrespective of the deformation and damage to the vehicle body Examples of some typical conditions are shown in the illustra tion Because the front airbags do not protect the occupant in all types of frontal collisions be sure to always properly wear your seat belts 2 58 Collision with a utility pole tree or other narrow objects AA2000233 A bs cis BKOI11000EN book 59 X 20094F8H26H KEA PES HFS 24 7 The front airbags ARE NOT DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when The front airbags are not designed to deploy in conditions where they cannot typically provide protection to the occupant Such conditions are shown in the illustration Because the front airbags do not pr
318. the tone on page 5 28 Average speed Outside temperature Altimeter Barom 2 In the audio adjust mode press and hold one of the mem eter Calendar gt Clock only Blank For details refer to ory select buttons 3 1 6 The display will show the but Changing the information display on page 3 18 ton number SOUND1 SOUND6 for which the settings were memorized NOTE nia di Audio information is displayed when the audio system is 3 In future when you gently press the memory select button oii in the audio adjust mode the audio adjustment condition memorized for that button will take effect AA0096111 4 5 30 Y 9 9 6 SP oy z UY BKO111000EN book 31 Y 2O00948A 260A KER F532 For pleasant driving Radio control panel and display E00708901071 FOLDER TEXT PAGE Dse AA1007004 1 PWR On Off switch 2 Memory select buttons 3 TUNE SEEK Down step Down seek button 5 4 TUNE SEEK Up step Up seek button 5 AM button 6 FM button 7 SCAN button 8 AM FM indicator 9 Preset memory number display 10 ST Stereo indicator 11 Frequency display window 5 31 KZ BKOLL1000EN book 32 Y 20094 8H 264 For pleasant driving P d gt KERA F53 2 57 To listen to the radio E00709000359 1 Press the PWR switch 1 to turn the audio system on and off The system turns on in the las
319. ting lever AA0098287 A WARNING To ensure the seat is locked securely try to move the seat forward or backward without using the adjust ing lever NOTE It is possible to adjust each side of the second seats for ward and backward independently of the other side 2 10 To recline the seatback E00402200261 In order to recline the seatback lean forward slightly pull the seatback lock lever up and then lean backward to the desired position and release the lever The seatback will lock in that position AA0098290 A CAUTION The reclining mechanism of the seatback is spring loaded causing it to return to the vertical position when the lock lever is operated When using the lever sit close to the seatback or hold it with your hand to control its return motion NOTE It is possible to adjust the seatback angle independently on each side 4 8 Allis g p P d gt BK0111000EN book 11 X 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 Armrest 00402400380 To use the armrest fold it down To return to the original position push it backward until it is flush with the seat o Seat and seat belts To get in and out of the third seat 7 persons E00402500277 Getting in and out of the third seat can be made easily by fold ing the second seat Refer to Folding the second seats on page 2 16 AA0098304 AA0081
320. tion of neutral detergent in lukewarm water 2 Clean the carpeting with a vacuum cleaner and remove any stains with carpet cleaner Oil and grease can be removed by lightly dabbing with a clean colourfast cloth and stain remover Genuine leather E00900600660 1 Lightly wipe off with gauze or other soft cloth soaked with a 5 aqueous solution of neutral detergent 2 Dip cloth in fresh water and wring it out well Using this cloth wipe off the detergent thoroughly 3 Apply leather protecting agent to the genuine leather sur face NOTE If genuine leather is wet with water or is washed in water wipe off water as quickly as possible with a dry soft cloth If left damp mildew may grow The genuine leather surface may be damaged if a nylon brush or synthetic fibre is rubbed hard against it Organic solvents such as benzine kerosene alcohol and petrol acid or alkaline solvents may discolour the genuine leather surface Be sure to use neutral detergents 7 3 AA Ei SP Ba m ae Zs BK0111000EN book 4 Y 20094 8H26H KRH F53 247 Vehicle care Remove dirty patches or oil substances quickly as they Cleaning the exterior of your vehicle can stain genuine leather 00900700212 The genuine leather surface may harden and shrink if it is If the following is left on your vehicle it may cause corrosion exposed to direct sun for long hours When your vehicle is discolouration and stains was
321. tion will begin AA Zs MZ 3 4 a BK0111000EN book 43 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSOHR3 257 4 To listen to a CD To fast forward fast reverse the disc To fast forward or fast reverse the disc press the fast forward button 4 or the fast reverse button 5 Fast forward button 4 You can fast forward the disc by pressing the fast forward but ton While the button is kept pressed the disc will be fast for warded Fast reverse button 5 You can fast reverse the disc by pressing the fast reverse but ton While the button is kept pressed the disc will be fast reversed NOTE In the case of an MP3 CD you can fast forward and fast reverse tracks in the same folder To select a desired track Track up button 4 Press the button repeatedly until the desired track number appears on the display Track down button 5 Press the button repeatedly until the desired track number appears on the display o For pleasant driving 5 43 t A as a BKOLL1000EN book 44 Y 20094 For pleasant driving F8H264H KERA F53 2 57 Error codes 00710101214 AA1007176 If an error code 1 appears in the display take action in accordance with the table below 5 Error display NO DISC Problem No disc inserted Description Disc is not in CD player Insert disc ERROR 01 Focus error Disc is not loaded correctly or co
322. to the LOCK position If the driver s door is opened the windows can be opened and closed for an additional 30 seconds If the driver s door is then closed however it immediately becomes impossible to open and close the windows If the front passenger s door is opened the windows can be opened and closed for approximately 30 seconds from the time when the ignition switch is turned from the ACC position to the LOCK position If the driver s door or front passenger s door is opened when a period of 30 seconds or longer has elapsed from the time when the ignition switch was turned from the ACC position to the LOCK position it immediately becomes impossible to open and close the windows 1 17 a ANZ ls MZ 3 4 BK0111000EN book 18 Y 2009 8H26 P KEH F53 257 7 Locking and unlocking Safety mechanism Driver s door window only E00302500364 If a hand or head is trapped in the closing window it will lower automatically Nonetheless make sure that nobody puts their head or hand out of the window when closing a door window The lowered window will become operational after a few sec onds A WARNING If the safety mechanism is activated three or more times successively the safety mechanism will be tem porarily cancelled If a hand or head got trapped a serious injury could result A CAUTION The safety mechanism is cancelled
323. to your child in a collision or sudden stop Always adjust the belt to a snug fit Always wear the lap portion of the belt over your hips AA0002174 o Seat and seat belts 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mechanism E00404901012 This type of belt requires no length adjustment Once worn the belt adjusts itself to the movement of wearer but in the event of a sudden or strong shock the belt automatically locks to hold the wearer s body To fasten 1 Pull the seat belt out slowly while holding the latch plate NOTE When the seat belts cannot be pulled out in a locked con dition pull the belts once forcefully and then return them After that pull the belts out slowly once again 2 Insert the latch plate into the buckle until a click is heard AA0008466 z Bi bu Se L1000EN book 32 X 2009 8H26H KEH PRSHFR3 247 at and seat belts A WARNING 2 e Never wear the lap portion of the belt across your abdomen During accidents it can press sharply against abdomen and increase the risk of injury The seat belts must not be twisted when worn 3 Pull the belt slightly to adjust slackness as desired NOTE The 3 point type seat belts in the second seating outside positions are equipped with an automatic locking retractor ALR mechanism If you pull the seat belt fully out of the retractor the retractor will switch
324. tor lamp 6 Low fuel warning lamp gt P 3 7 gt P 4 57 l 7 2WD 4WD operation indicator lamp gt P 4 32 18 Anti lock brake system ABS warning lamp gt P 4 51 8 Check engine warning lamp P 3 13 19 Active stability control function indicator lamp 9 Diesel preheat indicator lamp P 3 10 Active traction control function indicator lamp P 4 57 10 Fuel filter indicator lamp P 3 11 20 Door ajar warning lamp P 3 15 11 Oil pressure warning lamp gt P 3 14 21 Supplemental restraint system SRS warning lamp 12 A T fluid temperature warning lamp vehicles with A T gt P 2 68 P 4 25 3 9 NY o Zils BK0111000EN book 10 X 20094F8H26H KEH FHRSKFR3 257 F T 3 10 e Instruments and controls Indicator lamps E00501600012 Turn signal indicator lamps Hazard warning indicator lamps E00501700231 These indicator lamps blink on and off when a turn signal lamp is operating NOTE If the blinking is too fast the cause may be a blown lamp bulb or a faulty turn signal connection When the hazard warning lamp switch is pressed all turn signal lamps will flash on and off continuously High beam indicator lamp 00501800115 This indicator lamp illuminates when the high beam is used Front fog lamp indicator lamp E00501900347 This indicator lamp illuminates while the front fog lamps are on Diesel preheat indicator lamp
325. tracted tug on it If the belt is locked you will not be able to pull it out If you can pull the belt out it is not locked and you will need to repeat these steps AA0001933 an Attach the top tether anchor strap to the child restraint anchorage point fitting and tighten the tether anchor strap refer to page 2 45 Before putting the child in the restraint push and pull the restraint in all directions to be sure it is secure Do this before each use NOTE If the seat belt does not lock rewind it fully then perform step 2 to 7 again 2 47 NY e N AVY 4 BK0111000EN book 48 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Seat and seat belts j A WARNING Installing a child restraint system to a 3 point Before putting the child in the restraint be sure to type seat belt with emergency locking mecha make the conversion of the retractor from the ELR nism Farias mode to the ALR mode By doing so the child For safety you are advised to install the child restraint system restraint system is always tightly secured to the seat using a 3 point type seat belt with emergency automatic lock by the automatic lock By converting to ALR mode ing mechanism If you cannot avoid installing it using another the movement of the child restraint system in the type of seat belt follow the instructions given below event of sudden braking or an accident will be reduced decreasing the risk of seriously injuri
326. ttery in an enclosed space Remove all the caps before charging the battery Electrolyte is corrosive diluted sulphuric acid If electrolyte battery acid comes into contact with your hands eyes clothes or the painted surface of your vehicle it should be thoroughly flushed with water If electrolyte gets in your eyes flush them with water immediately and thoroughly and get prompt medical attention NOTE If the vehicle is put in motion without fully charging the battery it might cause the loss of smooth engine operation and the anti lock brake warning lamp to illuminate Refer to Anti lock brake system ABS on page 4 50 e o KY E BK0111000EN book 5 Y 20094 8H26H KEH F53 247 Engine overheating E00800602142 If the water temperature gauge indication remains in the over heating zone for a long time the engine may be overheating If this occurs take the following corrective measures 1 Stop the vehicle in a safe place 2 Check whether steam is coming from the engine compart ment If steam does not come from the engine compartment With the engine still running raise the bonnet to ventilate the engine compartment If steam is coming from the engine compartment Stop the engine and when the steam stops raise the bon net to ventilate the engine compartment Restart the engine A WARNING Do not open the bonnet while steam is coming from the engine comp
327. ty If the oil or grease is milky it indicates water contamination Replace it with new oil or grease e Grease the propeller shaft e Check the inside of the vehicle If ingress of water is found dry the carpet etc e Inspect the headlamps If the headlamp bulb is flooded with water have the headlamp drained off 4 45 t AA d cis BKO111000EN book 46 X 2009 8H26H 4 4 e KERA PR RS 2 57 Starting and driving Cautions on handling of 4 wheel drive vehi cles E00606800427 Tyres and wheels Since the driving torque can be applied to the 4 wheels the per formance of the vehicle when operating in 4 wheel drive is greatly affected by the condition of the tyres Pay close attention to the tyres Install specified tyres on all wheels Refer to Tyres and wheels on page 9 12 Be sure to fit all 4 tyres and wheels of the same size and type When replacement of any of the tyres or wheels is neces sary replace all of them All tyres should be rotated whenever the wear difference between the front and rear tyres is recognizable 4 46 Good vehicle performance cannot be expected if there is a dif ference in wear between tyres Refer to Tyre rotation on page 8 19 Check the tyre inflation pressure regularly If the tyre inflation pressure is inappropriate the transfer gear may make some noise and shock while changing the drive mode A CAUTION Alw
328. ues 4 3 Seat belt 2 30 Adjustable seat belt anchor 2 33 Child restraint 2 40 Force limiter system 2 39 Inspection 2 50 Pregnant women restraint 2 38 Pre tensioner system 2 38 Seats 2 2 Adjustment 2 5 Armrest 2 11 Front seats 2 6 Head restraints 2 13 Making a flat seat 2 26 Making a luggage area 2 16 Seat arrangement 2 3 Second seats 2 9 Third seat 2 12 Service precaution 8 2 Side airbag system 2 62 Side turn signal lamps Bulb capacity 8 34 Replacement 8 40 Snow tyres 8 20 Spare wheel 6 18 Specifications 9 2 Speedometer 3 3 e Alphabetical index Spray can 8 Starting 4 15 Steering Power steering fluid 8 13 9 14 Power steering system 4 54 Steering wheel height adjustment 4 9 Steering wheel lock 4 14 Steering wheel remote control switch 5 42 Stop lamps Bulb capacity 8 35 Replacement 8 44 Storage spaces 5 60 Floor console box 5 62 Front console box 5 61 Glove box 5 61 Luggage floor boxes 5 63 Sunglasses holder 5 64 Sun visors 5 51 Card holder 5 52 Vanity mirror 5 51 Sunglasses holder 5 64 Sunroof 1 19 Safety mechanism 1 20 Sunshade 1 21 Super select 4WD 4 28 Supplemental restraint system 2 50 How the supplemental restraint system works 2 55 Servicing 2 69 Warning lamp 2 68 NYY MZ nay BK0111000EN book 8 Y 2009 8H26H KER F53 247 4 Alphabetical index Tachometer 3 3 Tail lamps Bulb capacity 8 35 Replacement 8 44 8 47 Tailgate 1 11 Taking your vehicle overseas 8 Tank
329. unroof reaches the fully Slide the sunshade manually to open and close it open or fully closed position If the sunroof does not operate when the sunroof switch is operated release the switch and check whether something is trapped by the sunroof If nothing is trapped have the sunroof checked at an authorized MITSUBISHI 1 MOTORS dealer Depending on the models of ski carriers or roof carriers the sunroof may contact with the carrier when the sunroof is tilted up Be careful when tilting up the sunroof if such Ue 73 a ski carrier or a roof carrier is installed EE Be sure to close the sunroof completely when washing the vehicle or when leaving the vehicle Be careful not to put any wax on the weatherstrip black rubber around the sunroof opening If stained with wax the weatherstrip cannot maintain a weatherproof seal with the sunroof After washing the vehicle or after it has rained wipe off A CAUTION any water that is on the sunroof before operating it Be careful that hands are not trapped when closing Operating the sunroof repeatedly with the engine station the sunshade ary will run down the battery Operate the sunroof while the engine is running NOTE AA0094218 The sunshade will operate together with the sunroof when the sunroof is opened Be sure to tilt down the sunroof before closing the sun shade The sunshade cannot be closed with the sunroof opened 1 21 4 AA
330. urn signal lamps when the lever is oper ated with the ignition switch in the ACC position e Flashing of the turn signal lamps and the indicator lamp in the instrument cluster three times when you move the lever to 2 slightly then release it e The time required to operate the lever for the 3 flash function can be adjusted W is g lt p P d gt BK0111000EN book 61 X 20094F8H26H KEH FROKFR3 257 Hazard warning flasher switch E00506600730 Use the hazard warning flasher switch when the vehicle has to be parked on the road for any emergency The hazard warning flashers can always be operated regard less of the position of the ignition key Push the switch to turn on the hazard warning flashers push the switch again to turn them off When this switch is operated all turn signal lamps flash con tinuously as do the turn signal indicator lamps in the instru ment cluster ROCO e pre AA0086525 e o Instruments and controls NOTE If the lamps are kept flashing for a long time the battery will be discharged resulting in hard engine starting or no start condition It is possible for a buzzer to sound with flashing of the turn signal lamps For further information please contact your authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer If the lamp flashes unusually quickly the bulb in a turn signal lamp may have burned out Have the vehicle
331. ush the lid E o AA0099200 AA0009447 A CAUTION The holder should not be used to store anything heavier than sunglasses These objects could drop out NOTE The holder may not be able to accommodate every possi ble size and shape of sunglasses it is advisable to check compatibility before use AA0082921 AWA lt i NZ ae z E BK0111000EN book 65 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For pleasant driving Cup holder For the second seat E00714500873 E00718900107 1 Allow the armrest to drop down A CAUTION Do not drink beverages while driving the vehicle doing so could distract you and result in an accident For the front seat The cup holder is located in front of the floor console box AA0099053 AA0082947 p 5 65 4 AVA Gs SP ae pe gi Ea x Zins BKOLLLOOOEN book 66 Y 20094 8A26H KEH PRS RFS 24 For pleasant driving 2 In order to use the cup holder open the lid A while hold For the third seat ing the side face of the lid with your hand 00719000046 The cup holder is located at the right side of the third seat The cup holder is designed for holding cups or drink cans securely in its holes AA0013943 5 A AA0082963 4 5 66 i AVA Gs NZ 5 Sf cis BKOLLLOOOEN book 67 Y 20094 8A26H KIA F532 For pleas
332. ustrations to dem selection switch on page 5 17 onstrate the quantity of air coming from the ventilators gt Small amount of air from the ventilators Medium amount of air from the ventilators gt Large amount of air from the ventilators Face position Air flows only to the upper part of the passenger compartment AA0099109 5 5 NY o P d gt BKO111000EN book 6 Y 200948H26H AMA F532 For pleasant driving Foot Face position Air flows to the upper part of the passenger compartment and flows to the leg area AA0099112 5 NOTE With the mode selection dial between the 77 and sy positions air flows mainly to the upper part of the passen ger compartment With the mode selection dial between the sr and positions air flows mainly to the leg area Foot position Air flows mainly to the leg area AA0099125 PR ls P d gt BKO111000EN book 7 Y 20094F8H26H AMA F532 Foot Demister position Air flows to the leg area the windscreen and the door win dows AA0099138 NOTE With the mode selection dial between the as and 4 positions air flows mainly to the leg area With the mode selection dial between the 4 and Gy positions air flows mainly to the windscreen and door windows o For pleasant driving
333. ws follow these procedures Quick Heating When the temperature is set to the high 1 Set the blower speed selection dial to the AUTO posi est setting 5 tion Outside air will be introduced the air flow will select 2 Set the temperature control dial to the desired tempera foot position the blower will be max speed and the air ture The temperature can be set within a range of 19 to conditioning will stop 31 The temperature will gradually increase as the dial is Quick Cooling When the temperature is set to the low turned to the right est setting 3 Set the mode selection dial to the AUTO position Inside air will be recirculated the air flow will select 4 Push the air conditioning switch to operate the air condi face position the blower will be max speed and the air tioning When the air conditioning operates the indicator conditioning will operate lamp A in the dial will come on 5 19 V Zs BKO111000EN book 20 X Y 200948H26H KEA PE 5 HES 24 For pleasant driving Operating the system in manual mode For ordinary demisting 500704200040 Use this setting to keep the windscreen and door windows clear Blower speed and ventilator mode may be controlled manually of mist and to keep the leg area heated by setting the blower speed selection dial and the mode selec tion dial to the desired positions To return to automatic opera tion set the dials to the AUTO position
334. y thus maximizing the seat belt s effectiveness if there is a frontal impact severe enough to injure the driver and or front passenger and the ignition switch is in the ON or START position The seat belt pre tensioner includes the following components AA0093501 1 Front impact sensors 2 Airbag control unit 3 Seat belt pre tensioners p o Allis ibaa cis BKO111000EN book 39 X 20094 7 F8H264H A WARNING To obtain the best results from your pre tensioner seat belt make sure you have adjusted your seat correctly and wear your seat belt properly A CAUTION kR A Fi 5 RF 3 247 Any installation of audio equipment or repairs in the vicinity of the pre tensioner seat belts or floor con sole must be performed by an authorized MITSUBI SHI MOTORS dealer It is important to do so because the work could affect the pre tensioner sys tems If you need to scrap the vehicle please consult an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer It is important to do so because unexpected activation of the pre tensioner seat belts could cause injuries NOTE The pre tensioner seat belts will be activated if the vehicle suffers a severe frontal impact even if the seat belts are not worn The pre tensioner seat belts are designed to work only once After the pre tensioner seat belts have been acti vated they must be replaced by an authorized MITSUBI SHI MOTO
335. y road causing the vehicle to slip off the jack A CAUTION Practice fitting the chains before you need them Don t expect help from other people in the cold Choose a clear straight stretch of road where you can pull off and still be seen while you are fitting the chains Do not fit chains before you need them This will wear out your tyres and the road surface o Maintenance A CAUTION After driving around 100 300 metres stop and retighten the chains Drive carefully and do not exceed 30 km h Remem ber fitting chains is not going to stop accidents from happening When tyre chains are installed take care that they do not damage the disc wheel or body An aluminium wheel can be damaged by a tyre chain while driving When fitting a tyre chain on an aluminium wheel take care that any part of the chain and fitting cannot be brought into contact with the wheel When installing or removing a tyre chain take care that hands and other parts of your body are not injured by the sharp edges of the vehicle body Install the chains only on the rear tyres and tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened 8 21 NIY is MZ 3 4 BK0111000EN book 22 Y 20094F8H26H KEH F53 257 Maintenance Wiper blade rubber replacement 3 Attach retainers C to a new wiper blade E01008200152 Driver s side 1 Lift the wiper arm off the windscreen 2
336. y to the child Work around and on the side airbags and curtain 2 68 e airbags system components should only be done by an authorized MITSUBISHI MOTORS dealer Improper work could result in inadvertent deploy ment of a side airbags and curtain airbags or could render a side airbags and curtain airbags inopera tive either situation could result in serious injury SRS warning lamp 00407801139 There is a supplemental restraint system SRS warning lamp on the instrument panel The system checks itself and the lamp tells you if there is a problem When the ignition key is turned to the ON or START position the warning lamp should illuminate for several seconds and then should go out This means the system is ready In an SRS airbag or pre tensioner seat belt is not operating properly the warning lamp comes on and stays on The SRS warning lamp is shared by the SRS airbag and the seat belt pre tensioner system AA0081793 ia NZ r a 74 BK0111000EN book 69 Y 20094F8H26H KERA F4 5324 Seat and seat belts SRS servicin A WARNING ini If any of the following conditions occur the SRS and or seat belt pre tensioners are not working A WARNING properly and you should immediately have it Any maintenance performed on or near the compo inspected by an authorized MITSUBISHI nents of the SRS must be performed only by an MOTORS dealer aoa authorized MITSUBISHI M

WARNING CAUTION - Pajero 4WD Club of Victoria Public Forum

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents